1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw__Float16: 136 case tok::kw___float128: 137 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 138 case tok::kw_bool: 139 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 140 case tok::kw___auto_type: 141 return true; 142 143 case tok::annot_typename: 144 case tok::kw_char16_t: 145 case tok::kw_char32_t: 146 case tok::kw_typeof: 147 case tok::annot_decltype: 148 case tok::kw_decltype: 149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 150 151 default: 152 break; 153 } 154 155 return false; 156 } 157 158 namespace { 159 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 160 NotFound, 161 FoundNonType, 162 FoundType 163 }; 164 } // end anonymous namespace 165 166 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 167 /// dependent class. 168 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 169 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 170 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 171 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 172 SourceLocation NameLoc, 173 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 174 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 175 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 176 // Look for type decls in base classes. 177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 178 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 179 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 180 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 181 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 182 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 183 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 184 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 185 // templates. 186 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 187 continue; 188 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 189 if (!TD) 190 continue; 191 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 192 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 193 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 194 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 195 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 196 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 197 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 198 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 199 BaseRD = PS; 200 } 201 } 202 } 203 if (BaseRD) { 204 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 205 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 206 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 207 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 210 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 211 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 212 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 213 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 215 break; 216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 217 break; 218 } 219 } 220 } 221 } 222 223 return FoundTypeDecl; 224 } 225 226 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 227 const IdentifierInfo &II, 228 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 229 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 230 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 232 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 233 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 234 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 235 DC = DC->getParent()) { 236 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 237 // templates. 238 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 239 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 240 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 241 } 242 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 243 return nullptr; 244 245 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 246 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 247 // lookup during template instantiation. 248 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 249 250 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 251 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 252 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 253 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 254 255 CXXScopeSpec SS; 256 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 257 258 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 259 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 260 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 261 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 262 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 263 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 264 } 265 266 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 267 /// return the declaration of that type. 268 /// 269 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 270 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 271 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 272 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 273 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 274 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 275 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 276 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 277 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 278 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 279 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 280 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 281 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 282 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 283 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 284 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 285 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 286 287 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 288 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 289 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 290 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 291 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 292 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 293 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 294 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 295 296 if (!LookupCtx) { 297 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 298 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 299 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 300 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 301 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 302 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 303 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 304 // 305 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 306 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 307 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 308 return nullptr; 309 310 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 311 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 312 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 313 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 314 315 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 316 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 317 II, NameLoc); 318 return ParsedType::make(T); 319 } 320 321 return nullptr; 322 } 323 324 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 325 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 326 return nullptr; 327 } 328 329 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 330 // lookup for class-names. 331 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 332 LookupOrdinaryName; 333 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 334 if (LookupCtx) { 335 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 336 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 337 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 338 // nested-name-specifier. 339 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 340 341 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 342 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 343 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 344 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 345 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 346 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 347 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 348 LookupName(Result, S); 349 } 350 } else { 351 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 352 LookupName(Result, S); 353 354 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 355 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 356 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 357 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 358 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 359 return TypeInBase; 360 } 361 } 362 363 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 364 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 365 case LookupResult::NotFound: 366 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 367 if (CorrectedII) { 368 TypoCorrection Correction = 369 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 370 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 371 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 372 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 373 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 374 TemplateTy Template; 375 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 376 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 377 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 378 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 379 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 380 if (SS && NNS) { 381 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 382 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 383 } 384 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 385 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 386 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 387 // is handled elsewhere). 388 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 389 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 390 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 391 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 392 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 393 IsCtorOrDtorName, 394 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 395 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 396 if (Ty) { 397 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 398 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 399 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 400 if (SS && NNS) 401 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 402 *CorrectedII = NewII; 403 return Ty; 404 } 405 } 406 } 407 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 408 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 409 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 410 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return nullptr; 413 414 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 415 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 416 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 417 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 418 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 419 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 420 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 421 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 422 return nullptr; 423 } 424 425 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 426 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 427 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 428 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 429 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 430 if (!IIDecl || 431 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 432 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 433 IIDecl = *Res; 434 } 435 } 436 437 if (!IIDecl) { 438 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 439 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 440 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 441 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 442 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 443 // a type name. 444 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 445 return nullptr; 446 } 447 448 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 449 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 450 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 451 // perform the name lookup again. 452 break; 453 454 case LookupResult::Found: 455 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 456 break; 457 } 458 459 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 460 461 QualType T; 462 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 463 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 464 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 465 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 466 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 467 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 468 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 469 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 470 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 471 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 472 << &II << /*Type*/1; 473 474 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 475 476 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 477 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 478 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 479 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 480 if (!HasTrailingDot) 481 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 482 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 483 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 484 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 485 QualType(), false); 486 } 487 488 if (T.isNull()) { 489 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 490 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 491 return nullptr; 492 } 493 494 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 495 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 496 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 497 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 498 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 499 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 500 // Construct a type with type-source information. 501 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 502 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 503 504 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 505 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 506 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 507 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 508 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 509 } else { 510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 511 } 512 } 513 514 return ParsedType::make(T); 515 } 516 517 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 518 static NestedNameSpecifier * 519 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 520 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 521 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 522 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 523 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 524 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 525 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 526 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 527 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 528 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 530 } 531 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 532 } 533 534 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 535 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 536 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 537 /// correctly rejects. 538 static const CXXRecordDecl * 539 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 540 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 541 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 542 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 543 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 544 return MD->getParent(); 545 } 546 return nullptr; 547 } 548 549 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 550 SourceLocation NameLoc, 551 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 552 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 553 554 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 555 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 556 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 557 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 558 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 559 // lookup is retried. 560 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 561 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 562 // name specifiers. 563 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 565 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 566 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 567 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 568 // instantiation time. 569 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 570 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 571 572 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 573 // template instantiation. 574 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 575 << RD; 576 } else { 577 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 578 return ParsedType(); 579 } 580 581 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 582 583 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 584 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 585 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 586 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 587 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 588 589 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 590 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 591 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 592 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 593 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 594 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 595 } 596 597 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 598 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 599 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 600 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 601 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 602 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 603 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 604 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 605 LookupName(R, S, false); 606 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 607 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 608 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 609 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 610 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 611 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 612 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 613 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 614 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 615 } 616 } 617 618 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 619 } 620 621 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 622 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 623 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 624 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 625 /// @code 626 /// template<class T> class A { 627 /// public: 628 /// typedef int TYPE; 629 /// }; 630 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 631 /// public: 632 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 633 /// }; 634 /// @endcode 635 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 636 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 637 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 638 return true; 639 640 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 641 642 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 643 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 644 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 645 return true; 646 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 647 } 648 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 649 } 650 651 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 652 SourceLocation IILoc, 653 Scope *S, 654 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 655 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 656 bool IsTemplateName) { 657 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 658 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 659 return; 660 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 661 SuggestedType = nullptr; 662 663 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 664 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 665 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 666 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 667 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 668 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 669 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 670 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 671 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 672 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 673 // We corrected to a keyword. 674 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 675 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 676 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 677 << II); 678 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 679 } else { 680 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 681 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 682 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 683 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 684 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 685 << II, CanRecover); 686 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 687 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 688 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 689 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 690 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 691 PDiag(IsTemplateName 692 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 693 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 694 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 695 CanRecover); 696 } else { 697 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 698 } 699 700 if (!CanRecover) 701 return; 702 703 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 704 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 705 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 706 SourceRange(IILoc)); 707 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 708 SuggestedType = 709 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 710 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 711 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 712 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 713 } 714 return; 715 } 716 717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 718 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 719 UnqualifiedId Name; 720 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 721 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 722 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 723 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 724 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 725 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 726 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 727 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 728 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 729 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 730 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 731 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 732 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 733 } 734 return; 735 } 736 } 737 738 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 739 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 740 741 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 742 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 743 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 744 << II; 745 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 746 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 747 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 748 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 749 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 750 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 751 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 752 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 753 754 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 755 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 756 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 757 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 758 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 759 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 760 } else { 761 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 762 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 763 } 764 } 765 766 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 767 /// or 768 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 769 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 770 NextToken.is(tok::less); 771 772 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 773 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 776 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 777 return true; 778 } 779 780 return false; 781 } 782 783 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 784 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 785 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 786 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 787 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 788 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 789 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 790 StringRef FixItTagName; 791 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 792 case TTK_Class: 793 FixItTagName = "class "; 794 break; 795 796 case TTK_Enum: 797 FixItTagName = "enum "; 798 break; 799 800 case TTK_Struct: 801 FixItTagName = "struct "; 802 break; 803 804 case TTK_Interface: 805 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 806 break; 807 808 case TTK_Union: 809 FixItTagName = "union "; 810 break; 811 } 812 813 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 814 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 815 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 817 818 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 819 I != IEnd; ++I) 820 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 821 << Name << TagName; 822 823 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 824 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 825 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 826 return true; 827 } 828 829 return false; 830 } 831 832 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 833 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 834 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 835 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 836 837 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 838 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 839 840 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 841 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 842 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 843 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 844 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 845 } 846 847 Sema::NameClassification 848 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 849 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 850 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 851 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 852 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 853 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 854 855 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 856 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 857 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 858 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 863 // will reject it later. 864 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 865 } 866 867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 869 870 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 871 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 872 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 873 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 874 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 875 return TypeInBase; 876 } 877 878 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 879 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 880 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 881 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 882 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 883 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 884 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 885 return E; 886 } 887 888 bool SecondTry = false; 889 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 890 891 Corrected: 892 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 893 case LookupResult::NotFound: 894 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 895 // call. 896 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 897 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 898 // FIXME: Reference? 899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 900 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 901 902 // C90 6.3.2.2: 903 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 904 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 905 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 906 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 907 // the function call, the declaration 908 // 909 // extern int identifier (); 910 // 911 // appeared. 912 // 913 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 914 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 915 Result.addDecl(D); 916 Result.resolveKind(); 917 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 918 } 919 } 920 921 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 922 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 923 // "struct", or "union". 924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 925 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 926 break; 927 } 928 929 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 930 // close to this name. 931 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 932 SecondTry = true; 933 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 934 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 935 &SS, std::move(CCC), 936 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 937 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 938 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 939 940 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 941 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 942 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 943 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 944 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 945 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 946 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 947 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 948 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 949 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 950 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 951 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 952 } 953 954 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 955 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 956 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 957 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 958 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 959 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 960 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 961 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 962 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 963 } 964 965 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 966 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 967 968 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 969 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 970 return Name; 971 972 // Also update the LookupResult... 973 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 974 Result.clear(); 975 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 976 if (FirstDecl) 977 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 978 979 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 980 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 981 // reference the ivar. 982 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 983 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 984 Result.clear(); 985 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 986 return E; 987 } 988 989 goto Corrected; 990 } 991 } 992 993 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 994 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 995 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 996 997 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 998 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 999 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1000 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1001 1002 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1003 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1004 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1005 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1006 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1007 // 1008 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1009 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1010 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1011 // keyword here. 1012 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1013 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1014 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1015 } 1016 1017 case LookupResult::Found: 1018 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1019 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1020 break; 1021 1022 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1023 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1024 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1025 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1026 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1027 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1028 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1029 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1030 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1031 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1032 // ambiguous. 1033 // 1034 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1035 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1036 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1037 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1038 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1039 break; 1040 } 1041 } 1042 1043 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1044 return NameClassification::Error(); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1048 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1049 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1050 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1051 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1052 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1053 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1054 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1055 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1056 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1057 1058 if (!Result.empty()) { 1059 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1060 bool IsVarTemplate; 1061 TemplateName Template; 1062 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1063 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1064 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1065 Result.end()); 1066 } else { 1067 TemplateDecl *TD 1068 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1069 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1070 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1071 1072 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1073 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1074 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1075 TD); 1076 else 1077 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1078 } 1079 1080 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1081 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1082 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1083 // to based on which function we selected. 1084 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1085 1086 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1087 } 1088 1089 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1090 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1091 } 1092 } 1093 1094 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1095 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1096 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1097 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1098 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1099 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1100 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1101 return ParsedType::make(T); 1102 } 1103 1104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1105 if (!Class) { 1106 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1107 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1108 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1109 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1110 } 1111 1112 if (Class) { 1113 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1114 1115 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1116 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1117 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1118 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1119 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1120 } 1121 1122 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1123 return ParsedType::make(T); 1124 } 1125 1126 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1127 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1128 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1129 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1130 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1131 1132 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1133 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1134 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1135 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1136 (NextIsOp && 1137 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1138 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1139 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1140 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1141 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1142 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1143 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1144 return ParsedType::make(T); 1145 } 1146 1147 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1148 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1149 nullptr, S); 1150 1151 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1152 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1153 } 1154 1155 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1156 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1157 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1158 if (!TD) 1159 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1160 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1161 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1162 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1163 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1164 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1165 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1166 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1168 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1170 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1171 } 1172 1173 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1174 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1175 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1176 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1177 1178 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1179 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1180 // the context we'll need to return to. 1181 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1182 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1183 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1184 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1185 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1186 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1187 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1188 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1189 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1190 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1191 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1192 1193 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1194 // lexical context. 1195 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1196 return DC; 1197 1198 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1199 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1200 // class is the context we need to return to. 1201 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1202 DC = RD; 1203 1204 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1205 // declared in. 1206 return DC; 1207 } 1208 1209 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1210 } 1211 1212 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1213 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1214 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1215 CurContext = DC; 1216 S->setEntity(DC); 1217 } 1218 1219 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1220 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1221 1222 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1223 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1224 } 1225 1226 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1227 Decl *D) { 1228 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1229 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1230 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1231 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1232 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1233 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1234 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1235 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1236 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1237 return Result; 1238 } 1239 1240 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1241 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1242 } 1243 1244 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1245 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1246 /// 1247 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1248 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1249 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1250 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1251 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1252 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1253 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1254 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1255 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1256 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1257 // namespace. 1258 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1259 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1260 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1261 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1262 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1263 1264 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1265 1266 #ifndef NDEBUG 1267 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1268 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1269 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1270 #endif 1271 1272 CurContext = DC; 1273 S->setEntity(DC); 1274 } 1275 1276 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1277 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1278 1279 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1280 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1281 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1282 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1283 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1284 1285 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1286 // disappear. 1287 } 1288 1289 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1290 // We assume that the caller has already called 1291 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1292 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1293 if (!FD) 1294 return; 1295 1296 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1297 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1298 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1299 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1300 CurContext = FD; 1301 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1302 1303 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1304 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1305 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1306 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1307 S->AddDecl(Param); 1308 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1309 } 1310 } 1311 } 1312 1313 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1314 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1315 // rather than the top-level class. 1316 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1317 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1318 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1319 } 1320 1321 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1322 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1323 /// 1324 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1325 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1326 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1327 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1328 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1329 /// attribute. 1330 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1331 ASTContext &Context, 1332 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1333 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1334 return true; 1335 1336 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1337 return true; 1338 1339 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1340 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1341 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1342 } 1343 1344 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1345 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1346 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1347 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1348 // scope. 1349 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1350 S = S->getParent(); 1351 1352 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1353 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1354 // into any context. 1355 if (AddToContext) 1356 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1357 1358 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1359 // are function-local declarations. 1360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1361 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1362 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1363 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1364 return; 1365 1366 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1367 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1368 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1369 return; 1370 1371 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1372 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1373 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1374 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1375 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1376 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1377 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1378 1379 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1380 break; 1381 } 1382 } 1383 1384 S->AddDecl(D); 1385 1386 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1387 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1388 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1389 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1390 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1391 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1392 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1393 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1394 continue; 1395 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1396 break; 1397 } 1398 1399 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1400 } else { 1401 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1402 } 1403 } 1404 1405 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1406 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1407 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1411 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1412 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1413 } 1414 1415 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1416 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1417 do { 1418 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1419 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1420 return S; 1421 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1422 1423 return nullptr; 1424 } 1425 1426 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1427 DeclContext*, 1428 ASTContext&); 1429 1430 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1431 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1432 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1433 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1434 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1435 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1436 while (F.hasNext()) { 1437 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1438 1439 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1443 continue; 1444 1445 F.erase(); 1446 } 1447 1448 F.done(); 1449 } 1450 1451 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1452 /// have compatible owning modules. 1453 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1454 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1455 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1456 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1457 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1458 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1459 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1460 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1461 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1462 return false; 1463 } 1464 1465 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1466 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1467 if (NewM == OldM) 1468 return false; 1469 1470 // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too. 1471 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1472 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1473 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1474 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1475 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1476 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1478 << New 1479 << NewIsModuleInterface 1480 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1481 << OldIsModuleInterface 1482 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1483 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1484 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1485 return true; 1486 } 1487 1488 return false; 1489 } 1490 1491 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1492 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1493 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1494 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1495 } 1496 1497 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1498 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1499 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1500 while (F.hasNext()) 1501 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1502 F.erase(); 1503 1504 F.done(); 1505 } 1506 1507 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1508 /// @code 1509 /// class S { 1510 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1511 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1512 /// }; 1513 /// @endcode 1514 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1515 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1516 // the decl here. 1517 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1518 return false; 1519 1520 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1521 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1522 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1523 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1524 return false; 1525 } 1526 1527 // We need this to handle 1528 // 1529 // typedef struct { 1530 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1531 // } A; 1532 // 1533 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1534 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1535 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1536 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1537 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1538 // not. 1539 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1540 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1541 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1542 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1543 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1544 return true; 1545 } 1546 DC = DC->getParent(); 1547 } 1548 1549 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1550 } 1551 1552 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1553 // these semantics. 1554 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1555 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1556 return false; 1557 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1558 } 1559 1560 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1561 assert(D); 1562 1563 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1564 return false; 1565 1566 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1567 // of members of class templates. 1568 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1569 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1570 return false; 1571 1572 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1573 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1574 return false; 1575 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1576 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1577 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1578 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1579 return false; 1580 1581 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1582 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1583 return false; 1584 } else { 1585 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1586 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1587 return false; 1588 } 1589 1590 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1591 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1592 return false; 1593 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1594 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1595 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1596 // like "inline".) 1597 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1598 return false; 1599 1600 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1601 return false; 1602 1603 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1604 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1605 return false; 1606 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1607 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1608 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1609 return false; 1610 1611 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1612 return false; 1613 } else { 1614 return false; 1615 } 1616 1617 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1618 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1619 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1620 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1621 } 1622 1623 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1624 if (!D) 1625 return; 1626 1627 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1628 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1629 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1630 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1631 } 1632 1633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1634 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1635 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1636 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1637 } 1638 1639 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1640 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1641 } 1642 1643 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1644 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1645 return false; 1646 1647 bool Referenced = false; 1648 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1649 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1650 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1651 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1652 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1653 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1654 Referenced = true; 1655 break; 1656 } 1657 } 1658 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1659 return false; 1660 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1661 Referenced = true; 1662 } 1663 1664 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1665 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1666 return false; 1667 1668 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1669 return true; 1670 1671 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1672 // functions. 1673 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1674 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1675 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1676 WithinFunction = 1677 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1678 if (!WithinFunction) 1679 return false; 1680 1681 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1682 return true; 1683 1684 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1685 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1686 return false; 1687 1688 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1689 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1690 1691 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1692 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1693 1694 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1695 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1696 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1697 return false; 1698 } 1699 1700 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1701 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1702 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1703 return false; 1704 1705 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1706 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1707 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1708 1709 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1710 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1711 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1712 return false; 1713 1714 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1715 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1716 return false; 1717 1718 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1719 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1720 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1721 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1722 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1723 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1724 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1725 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1726 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1727 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1728 return false; 1729 } 1730 } 1731 } 1732 } 1733 1734 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1735 } 1736 1737 return true; 1738 } 1739 1740 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1741 FixItHint &Hint) { 1742 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1743 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1744 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1745 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1746 return; 1747 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1748 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1749 } 1750 } 1751 1752 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1753 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1754 return; 1755 1756 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1757 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1758 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1759 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1760 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1761 } 1762 } 1763 1764 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1765 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1766 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1767 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1768 return; 1769 1770 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1771 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1772 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1773 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1774 return; 1775 } 1776 1777 FixItHint Hint; 1778 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1779 1780 unsigned DiagID; 1781 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1782 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1783 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1784 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1785 else 1786 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1787 1788 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1789 } 1790 1791 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1792 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1793 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1794 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1795 // MS inline assembly label name. 1796 bool Diagnose = false; 1797 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1798 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1799 else 1800 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1801 if (Diagnose) 1802 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1803 } 1804 1805 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1806 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1807 1808 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1809 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1810 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1811 1812 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1813 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1814 1815 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1816 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1817 1818 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1819 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1820 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1821 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1822 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1823 } 1824 1825 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1826 1827 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1828 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1829 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1830 1831 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1832 // already. 1833 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1834 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1835 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1836 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1837 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1838 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1839 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1840 } 1841 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1842 } 1843 } 1844 } 1845 1846 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1847 /// 1848 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1849 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1850 /// to the fixed name. 1851 /// 1852 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1853 /// 1854 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1855 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1856 /// 1857 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1858 /// class could not be found. 1859 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1860 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1861 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1862 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1863 // creation from this context. 1864 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1865 1866 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1867 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1868 // find an Objective-C class name. 1869 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1870 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1871 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1872 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1873 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1874 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1875 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1876 } 1877 } 1878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1879 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1880 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1881 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1882 return Def; 1883 } 1884 1885 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1886 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1887 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1888 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1889 /// ill-formed in C++: 1890 /// @code 1891 /// struct S6 { 1892 /// enum { BAR } e; 1893 /// }; 1894 /// 1895 /// void test_S6() { 1896 /// struct S6 a; 1897 /// a.e = BAR; 1898 /// } 1899 /// @endcode 1900 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1901 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1902 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1903 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1904 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1905 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1906 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1907 /// contain non-field names. 1908 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1909 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1910 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1911 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1912 S = S->getParent(); 1913 return S; 1914 } 1915 1916 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1917 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1918 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1919 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1920 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1921 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1922 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1923 return; 1924 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1925 1926 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1927 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1928 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1929 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1930 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1931 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1932 } 1933 1934 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1935 switch (Error) { 1936 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1937 return ""; 1938 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1939 return "stdio.h"; 1940 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1941 return "setjmp.h"; 1942 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1943 return "ucontext.h"; 1944 } 1945 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1946 } 1947 1948 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1949 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1950 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1951 /// built-in. 1952 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1953 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1954 SourceLocation Loc) { 1955 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1956 1957 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1958 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1959 if (Error) { 1960 if (ForRedeclaration) 1961 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1962 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1963 return nullptr; 1964 } 1965 1966 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1967 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1968 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1969 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1970 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1971 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1972 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1973 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1974 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1975 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (R.isNull()) 1979 return nullptr; 1980 1981 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1983 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1984 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1985 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1986 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1987 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1988 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1989 } 1990 1991 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1992 Parent, 1993 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1994 SC_Extern, 1995 false, 1996 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1997 New->setImplicit(); 1998 1999 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2000 // FunctionDecl. 2001 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 2002 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2003 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2004 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2005 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2006 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2007 SC_None, nullptr); 2008 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2009 Params.push_back(parm); 2010 } 2011 New->setParams(Params); 2012 } 2013 2014 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2015 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2016 2017 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2018 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2019 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2020 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2021 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2022 CurContext = Parent; 2023 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2024 CurContext = SavedContext; 2025 return New; 2026 } 2027 2028 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2029 /// entity if their types are the same. 2030 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2031 /// isSameEntity. 2032 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2033 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2034 LookupResult &Previous) { 2035 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2036 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2037 return; 2038 2039 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2040 if (Previous.empty()) 2041 return; 2042 2043 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2044 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2045 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2046 2047 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2048 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2049 continue; 2050 2051 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2052 // different linkages. 2053 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2054 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2055 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2056 continue; 2057 2058 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2059 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2060 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2061 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2062 continue; 2063 } 2064 2065 Filter.erase(); 2066 } 2067 2068 Filter.done(); 2069 } 2070 2071 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2072 QualType OldType; 2073 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2074 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2075 else 2076 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2077 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2078 2079 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2080 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2081 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2083 << Kind << NewType; 2084 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2085 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2086 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2087 return true; 2088 } 2089 2090 if (OldType != NewType && 2091 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2092 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2093 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2094 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2096 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2097 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2098 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2099 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2100 return true; 2101 } 2102 return false; 2103 } 2104 2105 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2106 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2107 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2108 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2109 /// 2110 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2111 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2112 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2113 // merging checks. 2114 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2115 2116 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2117 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2118 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2119 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2120 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2121 default: break; 2122 case 2: 2123 { 2124 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2125 break; 2126 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2127 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2128 break; 2129 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2130 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2131 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2132 break; 2133 } 2134 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2135 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2136 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2137 return; 2138 } 2139 case 5: 2140 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2141 break; 2142 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2143 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2144 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2145 return; 2146 case 3: 2147 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2148 break; 2149 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2150 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2151 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2152 return; 2153 } 2154 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2155 } 2156 2157 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2158 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2159 if (!Old) { 2160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2161 << New->getDeclName(); 2162 2163 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2164 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2165 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2166 2167 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2168 } 2169 2170 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2171 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2172 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2173 2174 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2175 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2176 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2177 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2178 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2179 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2180 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2181 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2182 // instead of our tag. 2183 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2184 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2185 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2186 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2187 else 2188 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2189 2190 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2191 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2192 2193 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2194 // out of the scope. 2195 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2196 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2197 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2198 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2199 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2200 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2201 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2202 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2203 } 2204 } 2205 } 2206 } 2207 2208 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2209 // with any extensions enabled. 2210 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2211 return; 2212 2213 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2214 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2215 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2216 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2217 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2218 } 2219 2220 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2221 return; 2222 2223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2224 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2225 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2226 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2227 // to the type to which it already refers. 2228 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2229 return; 2230 2231 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2232 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2233 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2234 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2235 // 2236 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2237 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2238 // 2239 // struct S { 2240 // typedef struct A { } A; 2241 // }; 2242 // 2243 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2244 // allow the above but disallow 2245 // 2246 // struct S { 2247 // typedef int I; 2248 // typedef int I; 2249 // }; 2250 // 2251 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2252 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2253 return; 2254 2255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2256 << New->getDeclName(); 2257 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2258 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2259 } 2260 2261 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2262 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2263 return; 2264 2265 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2266 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2267 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2268 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2269 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2270 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2271 (Old->isImplicit() || 2272 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2273 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2274 return; 2275 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2277 << New->getDeclName(); 2278 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2279 } 2280 2281 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2282 /// attribute. 2283 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2284 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2285 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2286 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2287 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2288 if (Ann) { 2289 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2290 return true; 2291 continue; 2292 } 2293 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2294 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2295 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2296 return true; 2297 } 2298 2299 return false; 2300 } 2301 2302 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2303 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2304 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2305 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2306 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2307 return true; 2308 } 2309 2310 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2311 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2312 /// 2313 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2314 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2315 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2316 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2317 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2318 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2319 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2320 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2321 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2322 // in a case like: 2323 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2324 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2325 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2326 // definition in such a case. 2327 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2328 return false; 2329 2330 if (I->isAlignas()) 2331 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2332 2333 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2334 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2335 OldAlign = Align; 2336 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2337 } 2338 } 2339 2340 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2341 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2342 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2343 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2344 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2345 return false; 2346 2347 if (I->isAlignas()) 2348 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2349 2350 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2351 if (Align > NewAlign) 2352 NewAlign = Align; 2353 } 2354 2355 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2356 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2357 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2358 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2359 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2360 2361 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2362 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2363 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2364 QualType Ty; 2365 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2366 Ty = VD->getType(); 2367 else 2368 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2369 2370 if (OldAlign == 0) 2371 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2372 if (NewAlign == 0) 2373 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2374 } 2375 2376 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2377 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2378 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2379 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2380 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2381 } 2382 } 2383 2384 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2385 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2386 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2387 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2388 // equivalent alignment. 2389 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2390 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2391 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2392 // have no alignment specifier. 2393 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2394 << OldAlignasAttr; 2395 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2396 << OldAlignasAttr; 2397 } 2398 2399 bool AnyAdded = false; 2400 2401 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2402 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2403 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2404 Clone->setInherited(true); 2405 New->addAttr(Clone); 2406 AnyAdded = true; 2407 } 2408 2409 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2410 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2411 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2412 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2413 Clone->setInherited(true); 2414 New->addAttr(Clone); 2415 AnyAdded = true; 2416 } 2417 2418 return AnyAdded; 2419 } 2420 2421 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2422 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2423 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2424 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2425 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2426 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2427 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2428 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2429 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2430 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2431 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2432 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2433 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2434 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2435 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2436 AA->getDeprecated(), 2437 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2438 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2439 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2440 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2441 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2442 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2443 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2444 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2445 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2446 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2447 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2448 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2449 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2450 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2451 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2452 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2453 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2454 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2455 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2456 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2457 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2458 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2459 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2460 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2461 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2462 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2463 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2464 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2465 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2466 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2467 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2468 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2469 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2470 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2471 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2472 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2473 return false; 2474 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2475 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2476 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2477 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2478 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2479 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2480 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2481 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2482 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2483 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2484 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2485 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2486 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2487 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2488 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2489 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2490 NewAttr = nullptr; 2491 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2492 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2493 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2494 NewAttr = nullptr; 2495 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2496 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2497 UA->getGuid()); 2498 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2499 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2500 2501 if (NewAttr) { 2502 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2503 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2504 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2505 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2506 return true; 2507 } 2508 2509 return false; 2510 } 2511 2512 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2513 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2514 return TD->getDefinition(); 2515 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2516 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2517 if (Def) 2518 return Def; 2519 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2520 } 2521 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2522 return FD->getDefinition(); 2523 return nullptr; 2524 } 2525 2526 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2527 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2528 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2529 return true; 2530 return false; 2531 } 2532 2533 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2534 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2535 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2536 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2537 return; 2538 2539 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2540 if (!Def || Def == New) 2541 return; 2542 2543 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2544 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2545 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2546 2547 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2548 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2549 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2550 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2551 2552 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2553 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2554 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2555 --E; 2556 continue; 2557 } 2558 } else { 2559 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2560 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2561 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2562 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2563 : diag::err_redefinition; 2564 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2565 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2566 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2567 else 2568 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2569 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2570 } 2571 ++I; 2572 continue; 2573 } 2574 2575 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2576 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2577 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2578 ++I; 2579 continue; 2580 } 2581 } 2582 2583 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2584 ++I; 2585 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2586 } 2587 2588 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2589 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2590 ++I; 2591 continue; 2592 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2593 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2594 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2595 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2596 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2597 // equivalent alignment. 2598 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2599 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2600 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2601 // have no alignment specifier. 2602 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2603 << AA; 2604 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2605 << AA; 2606 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2607 --E; 2608 continue; 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2613 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2614 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2615 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2616 --E; 2617 } 2618 } 2619 2620 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2621 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2622 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2623 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2624 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2625 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2626 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2627 } 2628 2629 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2630 return; 2631 2632 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2633 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2634 2635 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2636 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2637 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2638 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2640 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2641 } 2642 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2643 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2644 // already been ODR-used. 2645 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2646 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2647 } 2648 } 2649 2650 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2651 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2652 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2653 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2654 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2655 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2656 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2657 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2658 << NewTag; 2659 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2660 } 2661 } 2662 } else { 2663 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2665 } 2666 } 2667 2668 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2669 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2670 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2671 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2673 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2674 } 2675 } 2676 } 2677 2678 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2679 return; 2680 2681 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2682 2683 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2684 // we process them. 2685 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2686 2687 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2688 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2689 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2690 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2691 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2692 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2693 switch (AMK) { 2694 case AMK_None: 2695 continue; 2696 2697 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2698 case AMK_Override: 2699 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2700 LocalAMK = AMK; 2701 break; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // Already handled. 2706 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2707 continue; 2708 2709 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2710 foundAny = true; 2711 } 2712 2713 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2714 foundAny = true; 2715 2716 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2717 } 2718 2719 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2720 /// to the new one. 2721 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2722 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2723 Sema &S) { 2724 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2725 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2726 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2727 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2728 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2729 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2730 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2731 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2732 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2733 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2734 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2735 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2736 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2737 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2738 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2739 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2740 } 2741 2742 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2743 return; 2744 2745 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2746 2747 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2748 // done before we process them. 2749 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2750 2751 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2752 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2753 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2754 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2755 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2756 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2757 foundAny = true; 2758 } 2759 } 2760 2761 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2762 } 2763 2764 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2765 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2766 Sema &S) { 2767 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2768 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2769 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2770 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2771 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2772 *Newnullability, 2773 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2774 != 0)) 2775 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2776 *Oldnullability, 2777 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2778 != 0)); 2779 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2780 } 2781 } else { 2782 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2783 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2784 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2785 NewT, NewT); 2786 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2787 } 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 namespace { 2792 2793 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2794 /// C. 2795 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2796 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2797 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2798 QualType PromotedType; 2799 }; 2800 2801 } // end anonymous namespace 2802 2803 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2804 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2805 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2806 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2807 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2808 2809 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2810 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2811 2812 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2813 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2814 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2815 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2816 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2817 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2818 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2819 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2820 } 2821 2822 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2823 } 2824 2825 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2826 // declaration, or a declaration. 2827 template <typename T> 2828 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2829 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2830 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2831 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2832 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2833 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2834 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2835 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2836 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2837 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2838 } else 2839 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2840 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2841 } 2842 2843 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2844 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2845 /// GNU89 mode. 2846 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2847 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2848 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2849 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2850 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2851 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2852 } 2853 2854 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2855 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2856 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2857 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2858 return AT; 2859 } 2860 2861 template <typename T> 2862 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2863 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2864 if (DC->isRecord()) 2865 return false; 2866 2867 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2868 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2869 return true; 2870 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2871 return true; 2872 return false; 2873 } 2874 2875 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2876 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2877 2878 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2879 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2880 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2881 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2882 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2883 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2884 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2885 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2886 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2887 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2888 // and function templates; or 2889 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2890 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2891 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2892 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2893 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2894 2895 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2896 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2897 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2898 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2899 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2900 2901 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2902 if (Old && 2903 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2904 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2905 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2906 Old = nullptr; 2907 2908 if (!Old) { 2909 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2910 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2911 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2912 return true; 2913 } 2914 return false; 2915 } 2916 2917 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2918 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2919 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2920 2921 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2922 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2923 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2924 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2925 return true; 2926 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2927 }; 2928 2929 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2930 } 2931 2932 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2933 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2934 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2935 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2936 /// 2937 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2938 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2939 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2940 /// merged with. 2941 /// 2942 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2943 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2944 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2945 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2946 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2947 if (!Old) { 2948 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2949 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2950 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2951 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2952 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2953 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2954 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2955 return true; 2956 } 2957 2958 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2959 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2960 return true; 2961 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2962 } else { 2963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2964 << New->getDeclName(); 2965 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2966 return true; 2967 } 2968 } 2969 2970 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2971 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2972 return true; 2973 2974 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2975 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2976 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2977 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2978 2979 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2980 // is an extern inline function. 2981 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2982 // storage classes. 2983 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2984 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2985 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2986 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2987 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2988 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2990 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2991 } else { 2992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2993 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2994 return true; 2995 } 2996 } 2997 2998 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2999 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3003 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3004 } 3005 3006 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3007 return true; 3008 3009 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3010 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3011 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3013 << New << OldOvl; 3014 3015 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3016 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3017 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3018 // 3019 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3020 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3021 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3022 if (OldOvl) { 3023 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3024 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3025 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3026 }); 3027 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3028 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3029 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3030 } 3031 3032 if (DiagOld) 3033 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3034 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3035 << OldOvl; 3036 3037 if (OldOvl) 3038 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3039 else 3040 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3041 } 3042 } 3043 3044 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3045 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3046 // convention of the first. 3047 // 3048 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3049 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3050 // 3051 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3052 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3053 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3054 // 3055 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3056 // other tests to run. 3057 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3058 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3059 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3060 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3061 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3062 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3063 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3064 3065 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3066 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3067 const FunctionType *FT = 3068 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3069 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3070 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3071 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3072 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3073 // there but not here. 3074 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3075 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3076 } else { 3077 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3078 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3079 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3080 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3081 << !FirstCCExplicit 3082 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3083 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3084 3085 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3086 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3087 return true; 3088 } 3089 } 3090 3091 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3092 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3093 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3094 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3095 } 3096 3097 // Merge regparm attribute. 3098 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3099 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3100 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3102 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3103 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3104 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3105 return true; 3106 } 3107 3108 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3109 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3110 } 3111 3112 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3113 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3114 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3115 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3116 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3117 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3118 return true; 3119 } 3120 3121 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3122 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3123 } 3124 3125 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3126 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3127 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3128 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3129 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3130 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3131 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3132 return true; 3133 } 3134 3135 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3136 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3137 } 3138 3139 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3140 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3141 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3142 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3143 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3144 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3145 } 3146 3147 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3148 // UndefinedButUsed. 3149 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3150 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3151 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3152 Old->isUsed(false) && 3153 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3154 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3155 SourceLocation())); 3156 3157 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3158 // about it. 3159 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3160 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3161 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3162 } 3163 3164 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3165 // redeclaration. 3166 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3167 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3169 << New->getDeclName(); 3170 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3171 return true; 3172 } 3173 3174 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3175 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3176 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3177 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3178 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3179 3180 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3181 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3182 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3183 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3184 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3185 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3186 return true; 3187 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3189 3190 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3191 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3192 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3193 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3194 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3195 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3196 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3197 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3198 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3199 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3200 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3201 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3202 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3203 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3204 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3205 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3206 QualType ResQT; 3207 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3208 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3209 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3210 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3211 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3212 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3213 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3214 else 3215 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3216 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3217 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3218 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3219 return true; 3220 } 3221 else 3222 NewQType = ResQT; 3223 } 3224 3225 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3226 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3227 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3228 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3229 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3230 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3231 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3232 New->setType( 3233 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3234 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3235 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3236 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3237 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3238 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3239 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3240 } 3241 } 3242 3243 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3244 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3245 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3246 // Preserve triviality. 3247 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3248 3249 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3250 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3251 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3252 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3253 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3254 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3255 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3256 3257 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3258 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3259 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3260 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3261 // is a static member function declaration. 3262 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3264 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3265 return true; 3266 } 3267 3268 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3269 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3270 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3271 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3272 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3273 unsigned NewDiag; 3274 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3275 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3276 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3277 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3278 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3279 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3280 else 3281 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3282 3283 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3284 } else { 3285 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3286 << New << New->getType(); 3287 } 3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3289 return true; 3290 3291 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3292 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3293 // 3294 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3295 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3296 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3297 if (isFriend) { 3298 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3299 } else { 3300 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3301 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3302 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3303 return true; 3304 } 3305 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3306 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3307 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3308 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3309 return true; 3310 } 3311 } 3312 3313 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3314 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3315 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3316 // attribute. 3317 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3318 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3319 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3320 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3321 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3322 } 3323 3324 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3325 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3326 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3327 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3328 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3329 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3330 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3331 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3332 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3333 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3334 } 3335 3336 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3337 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3338 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3339 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3340 3341 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3342 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3343 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3344 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3345 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3346 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3347 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3348 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3349 } 3350 3351 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3352 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3353 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3354 // 3355 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3356 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3357 // linkage within class scope. 3358 // 3359 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3360 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3362 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3363 } else { 3364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3365 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3366 return true; 3367 } 3368 } 3369 3370 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3371 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3372 3373 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3374 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3375 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3376 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3377 // when we instantiate the function. 3378 return false; 3379 } 3380 3381 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3382 } 3383 3384 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3385 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3386 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3387 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3388 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3389 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3390 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3391 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3392 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3393 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3394 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3395 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3396 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3397 NewQType = 3398 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3399 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3400 New->setType(NewQType); 3401 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3402 3403 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3404 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3405 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3406 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3407 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3408 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3409 SC_None, nullptr); 3410 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3411 Param->setImplicit(); 3412 Params.push_back(Param); 3413 } 3414 3415 New->setParams(Params); 3416 } 3417 3418 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3419 } 3420 3421 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3422 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3423 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3424 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3425 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3426 // the prototype. 3427 // 3428 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3429 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3430 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3431 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3432 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3433 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3434 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3435 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3436 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3437 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3438 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3439 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3440 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3441 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3442 3443 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3444 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3445 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3446 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3447 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3448 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3449 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3450 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3451 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3452 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3453 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3454 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3455 NewParm->getType(), 3456 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3457 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3458 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3459 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3460 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3461 } else 3462 LooseCompatible = false; 3463 } 3464 3465 if (LooseCompatible) { 3466 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3467 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3468 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3469 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3470 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3471 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3472 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3473 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3474 } 3475 3476 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3477 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3478 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3479 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3480 } 3481 3482 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3483 } 3484 3485 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3486 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3487 3488 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3489 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3490 unsigned BuiltinID; 3491 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3492 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3493 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3494 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3496 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3497 << Old << Old->getType(); 3498 3499 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3500 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3501 // 3502 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3503 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3504 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3505 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3506 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3507 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3508 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3509 3510 return false; 3511 } 3512 3513 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3514 } 3515 3516 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3517 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3518 return true; 3519 } 3520 3521 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3522 /// known to be compatible. 3523 /// 3524 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3525 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3526 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3527 /// redeclaration of Old. 3528 /// 3529 /// \returns false 3530 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3531 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3532 // Merge the attributes 3533 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3534 3535 // Merge "pure" flag. 3536 if (Old->isPure()) 3537 New->setPure(); 3538 3539 // Merge "used" flag. 3540 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3541 New->setIsUsed(); 3542 3543 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3544 // declarations. 3545 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3547 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3548 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3549 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3550 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3551 } 3552 3553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3554 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3555 3556 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3557 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3558 // was visible. 3559 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3560 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3561 New->setType(Merged); 3562 3563 return false; 3564 } 3565 3566 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3567 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3568 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3569 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3570 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3571 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3572 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3573 : AMK_Override; 3574 3575 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3576 3577 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3578 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3579 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3580 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3581 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3582 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3583 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3584 } 3585 3586 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3587 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3588 3589 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3590 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3591 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3592 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3593 3594 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3595 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3596 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3597 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3598 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3599 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3600 } 3601 3602 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3603 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3604 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3605 /// 3606 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3607 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3608 /// is attached. 3609 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3610 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3611 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3612 return; 3613 3614 QualType MergedT; 3615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3616 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3617 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3618 return; 3619 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3620 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3621 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3622 } 3623 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3624 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3625 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3626 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3627 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3628 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3629 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3630 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3631 3632 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3633 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3634 // mismatch. 3635 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3636 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3637 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3638 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3639 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3640 continue; 3641 3642 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3643 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3644 } 3645 } 3646 3647 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3648 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3649 NewArray->getElementType())) 3650 MergedT = New->getType(); 3651 } 3652 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3653 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3654 // visible. 3655 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3656 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3657 NewArray->getElementType())) 3658 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3659 } 3660 } 3661 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3662 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3663 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3664 Old->getType()); 3665 } 3666 } else { 3667 // C 6.2.7p2: 3668 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3669 // compatible type. 3670 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3671 } 3672 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3673 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3674 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3675 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3676 // equivalent. 3677 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3678 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3679 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3680 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3681 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3682 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3683 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3684 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3685 return; 3686 } 3687 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3688 } 3689 3690 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3691 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3692 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3693 New->setType(MergedT); 3694 } 3695 3696 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3697 LookupResult &Previous) { 3698 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3699 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3700 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3701 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3702 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3703 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3704 // 3705 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3706 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3707 return false; 3708 3709 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3710 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3711 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3712 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3713 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3714 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3715 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3716 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3717 } else { 3718 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3719 // type unless we're in the same function. 3720 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3721 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3722 } 3723 } 3724 3725 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3726 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3727 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3728 /// 3729 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3730 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3731 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3732 /// 3733 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3734 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3735 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3736 return; 3737 3738 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3739 return; 3740 3741 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3742 3743 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3744 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3745 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3746 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3747 if (NewTemplate) { 3748 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3749 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3750 3751 if (auto *Shadow = 3752 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3753 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3754 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3755 } else { 3756 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3757 3758 if (auto *Shadow = 3759 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3760 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3761 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3762 } 3763 } 3764 if (!Old) { 3765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3766 << New->getDeclName(); 3767 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3768 New->getLocation()); 3769 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3770 } 3771 3772 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3773 if (NewTemplate && 3774 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3775 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3776 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3777 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3778 3779 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3780 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3781 // 3782 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3783 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3785 << New->getIdentifier(); 3786 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3787 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3788 } 3789 3790 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3791 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3792 // declaration 3793 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3794 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3795 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3797 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3798 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3799 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3800 } 3801 3802 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3803 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3804 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3805 << New->getDeclName(); 3806 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3807 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3808 } 3809 3810 // Merge the types. 3811 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3812 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3813 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3814 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3815 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3816 return; 3817 } 3818 3819 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3820 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3821 return; 3822 3823 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3824 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3825 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3826 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3827 3828 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3829 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3830 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3831 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3832 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3834 << New->getDeclName(); 3835 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3836 } else { 3837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3838 << New->getDeclName(); 3839 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3840 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3841 } 3842 } 3843 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3844 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3845 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3846 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3847 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3848 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3849 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3850 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3851 // identifier has external linkage. 3852 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3853 /* Okay */; 3854 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3855 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3856 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3858 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3859 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3860 } 3861 3862 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3863 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3864 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3866 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3867 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3868 } 3869 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3870 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3871 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3872 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3873 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3874 } 3875 3876 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3877 return; 3878 3879 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3880 3881 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3882 // need to check for mismatches. 3883 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3884 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3885 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3886 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3888 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3889 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3890 } 3891 3892 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3893 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3894 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3895 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3896 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3897 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3898 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3899 } 3900 } 3901 3902 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3903 // UndefinedButUsed. 3904 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3905 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3906 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3907 SourceLocation())); 3908 3909 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3910 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3912 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3913 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3915 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3916 } else { 3917 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3918 // static and dynamic initialization. 3919 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3920 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3922 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3923 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3924 } 3925 } 3926 3927 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3929 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3930 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3931 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3932 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3933 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3934 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3935 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3936 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3937 return; 3938 } 3939 } 3940 3941 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3943 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3944 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3945 return; 3946 } 3947 3948 // Merge "used" flag. 3949 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3950 New->setIsUsed(); 3951 3952 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3953 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3954 if (NewTemplate) 3955 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3956 3957 // Inherit access appropriately. 3958 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3959 if (NewTemplate) 3960 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3961 3962 if (Old->isInline()) 3963 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3964 } 3965 3966 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 3967 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 3968 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 3969 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 3970 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 3971 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 3972 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 3973 StringRef HdrFilename = 3974 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 3975 3976 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 3977 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 3978 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 3979 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 3980 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 3981 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 3982 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 3983 if (Mod) { 3984 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 3985 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3986 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 3987 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 3988 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3989 } else { 3990 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 3991 << HdrFilename.str(); 3992 } 3993 return true; 3994 } 3995 3996 return false; 3997 }; 3998 3999 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4000 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4001 bool EmittedDiag = false; 4002 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4003 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4004 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4005 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4006 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4007 4008 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4009 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4010 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4011 4012 if (EmittedDiag) 4013 return; 4014 } 4015 4016 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4017 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4018 } 4019 4020 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4021 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4022 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4023 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4024 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4025 New->isInline() || 4026 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4027 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4028 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4029 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4030 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4031 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4032 4033 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4034 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4035 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4036 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4037 return false; 4038 } else { 4039 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4040 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4042 return true; 4043 } 4044 } 4045 4046 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4047 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4048 Decl * 4049 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4050 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4051 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4052 AnonRecord); 4053 } 4054 4055 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4056 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4057 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4058 // compatibility. 4059 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4060 // targeted. 4061 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4062 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4063 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4064 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4065 } 4066 4067 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4068 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4069 return; 4070 4071 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4072 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4073 // it is anonymous. 4074 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4075 return; 4076 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4077 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4078 Context.setManglingNumber( 4079 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4080 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4081 return; 4082 } 4083 4084 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4085 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4086 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4087 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4088 Context.setManglingNumber( 4089 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4090 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4091 } 4092 } 4093 4094 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4095 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4096 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4097 return; 4098 4099 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4100 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4101 return; 4102 4103 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4104 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4105 4106 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4107 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4108 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4110 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4111 return; 4112 } 4113 4114 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4115 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4116 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4117 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4118 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4119 // for how to handle it. 4120 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4121 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4122 4123 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4124 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4125 4126 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4127 textToInsert += ' '; 4128 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4129 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4130 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4131 return; 4132 } 4133 4134 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4135 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4136 } 4137 4138 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4139 switch (T) { 4140 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4141 return 0; 4142 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4143 return 1; 4144 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4145 return 2; 4146 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4147 return 3; 4148 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4149 return 4; 4150 default: 4151 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4152 } 4153 } 4154 4155 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4156 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4157 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4158 Decl * 4159 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4160 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4161 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4162 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4163 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4164 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4165 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4166 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4167 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4168 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4169 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4170 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4171 4172 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4173 return nullptr; 4174 4175 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4176 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4177 // it's a Type. 4178 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4179 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4180 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4181 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4182 } 4183 4184 if (Tag) { 4185 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4186 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4187 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4188 return Tag; 4189 } 4190 4191 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4192 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4193 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4194 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4195 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4196 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4197 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4198 } 4199 4200 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4201 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4202 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 4203 4204 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4205 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4206 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4207 if (Tag) 4208 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4209 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4210 else 4211 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4212 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4213 return TagD; 4214 } 4215 4216 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4217 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4218 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4219 // its initializer. 4220 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4221 return TagD; 4222 } 4223 4224 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4225 4226 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4227 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4228 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4229 if (TagD && !Tag) 4230 return nullptr; 4231 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4232 } 4233 4234 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4235 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4236 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4237 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4238 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4239 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4240 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4241 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4242 // or an explicit specialization. 4243 // 4244 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4245 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4246 // 4247 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4248 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4249 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4250 return nullptr; 4251 } 4252 4253 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4254 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4255 4256 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4257 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4258 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4259 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4260 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4261 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4262 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4263 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4264 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4265 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4266 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4267 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4268 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4269 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4270 AnonRecord = Record; 4271 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4272 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4273 } 4274 4275 DeclaresAnything = false; 4276 } 4277 } 4278 4279 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4280 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4281 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4282 // 4283 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4284 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4285 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4286 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4287 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4288 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4289 // struct STRUCT; 4290 // union UNION; 4291 // and 4292 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4293 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4294 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4295 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4296 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4297 if (Tag) 4298 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4299 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4300 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4301 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4302 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4303 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4304 4305 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4306 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4307 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4308 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4309 } 4310 4311 DeclaresAnything = false; 4312 } 4313 } 4314 4315 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4316 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4317 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4318 return TagD; 4319 4320 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4321 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4322 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4323 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4324 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4325 DeclaresAnything = false; 4326 4327 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4328 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4329 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4330 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4331 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4332 else 4333 DeclaresAnything = false; 4334 } 4335 4336 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4337 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4338 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4339 << Tag->getTagKind() 4340 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4341 4342 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4343 4344 // C 6.7/2: 4345 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4346 // or the members of an enumeration. 4347 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4348 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4349 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4350 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4351 // previous declaration. 4352 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4353 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4354 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4355 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4356 return TagD; 4357 } 4358 4359 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4360 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4361 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4362 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4363 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4364 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4365 // 4366 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4367 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4368 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4369 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4370 4371 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4372 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4373 // useless. 4374 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4375 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4376 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4377 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4378 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4379 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4380 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4381 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4382 } 4383 4384 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4385 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4386 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4387 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4388 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4389 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4390 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4391 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4392 // Restrict is covered above. 4393 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4394 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4395 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4396 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4397 } 4398 4399 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4400 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4401 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4402 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4403 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4404 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4405 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4406 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4407 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4408 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4409 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4410 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4411 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4412 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4413 } 4414 } 4415 4416 return TagD; 4417 } 4418 4419 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4420 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4421 /// 4422 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4423 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4424 Scope *S, 4425 DeclContext *Owner, 4426 DeclarationName Name, 4427 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4428 bool IsUnion) { 4429 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4430 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4431 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4432 4433 // Pick a representative declaration. 4434 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4435 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4436 4437 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4438 return false; 4439 4440 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4441 << IsUnion << Name; 4442 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4443 4444 return true; 4445 } 4446 4447 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4448 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4449 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4450 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4451 /// struct, e.g., 4452 /// 4453 /// @code 4454 /// union { 4455 /// int i; 4456 /// float f; 4457 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4458 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4459 /// @endcode 4460 /// 4461 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4462 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4463 static bool 4464 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4465 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4466 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4467 bool Invalid = false; 4468 4469 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4470 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4471 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4472 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4473 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4474 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4475 VD->getLocation(), 4476 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4477 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4478 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4479 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4480 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4481 Invalid = true; 4482 } else { 4483 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4484 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4485 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4486 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4487 // anonymous union is declared. 4488 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4489 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4490 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4491 else 4492 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4493 4494 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4495 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4496 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4497 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4498 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4499 4500 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4501 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4502 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4503 4504 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4505 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4506 4507 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4508 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4509 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4510 4511 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4512 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4513 4514 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4515 } 4516 } 4517 } 4518 4519 return Invalid; 4520 } 4521 4522 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4523 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4524 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4525 static StorageClass 4526 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4527 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4528 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4529 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4530 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4531 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4532 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4533 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4534 return SC_None; 4535 return SC_Extern; 4536 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4537 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4538 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4539 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4540 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4541 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4542 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4543 } 4544 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4545 } 4546 4547 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4548 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4549 4550 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4551 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4552 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4553 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4554 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4555 return FD->getLocation(); 4556 } 4557 4558 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4559 } 4560 4561 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4562 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4563 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4564 return; 4565 4566 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4567 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4568 } 4569 4570 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4571 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4572 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4573 return; 4574 4575 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4576 } 4577 4578 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4579 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4580 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4581 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4582 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4583 AccessSpecifier AS, 4584 RecordDecl *Record, 4585 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4586 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4587 4588 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4589 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4590 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4591 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4592 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4593 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4594 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4595 4596 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4597 // structs/unions. 4598 bool Invalid = false; 4599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4600 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4601 unsigned DiagID; 4602 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4603 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4604 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4605 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4606 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4607 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4608 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4609 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4610 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4611 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4612 4613 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4614 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4615 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4616 } 4617 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4618 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4619 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4620 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4621 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4622 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4623 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4625 4626 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4627 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4628 SourceLocation(), 4629 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4630 } 4631 } 4632 4633 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4634 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4635 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4636 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4637 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4638 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4639 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4640 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4641 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4642 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4643 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4644 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4645 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4646 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4647 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4648 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4649 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4650 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4651 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4652 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4653 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4654 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4655 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4656 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4657 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4658 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4659 4660 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4661 } 4662 4663 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4664 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4665 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4666 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4667 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4668 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4669 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4670 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4671 // members (clause 11). 4672 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4673 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4674 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4675 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4676 Invalid = true; 4677 } 4678 4679 // C++ [class.union]p1 4680 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4681 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4682 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4683 // array of such objects. 4684 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4685 Invalid = true; 4686 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4687 // Any implicit members are fine. 4688 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4689 // This is a type that showed up in an 4690 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4691 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4692 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4693 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4694 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4695 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4696 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4697 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4698 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4699 << Record->isUnion(); 4700 else { 4701 // This is a nested type declaration. 4702 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4703 << Record->isUnion(); 4704 Invalid = true; 4705 } 4706 } else { 4707 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4708 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4709 // not part of standard C++. 4710 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4711 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4712 << Record->isUnion(); 4713 } 4714 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4715 // Any access specifier is fine. 4716 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4717 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4718 } else { 4719 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4720 // member. Complain about it. 4721 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4722 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4723 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4724 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4725 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4726 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4727 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4728 4729 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4730 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4731 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4732 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4733 << Record->isUnion(); 4734 else { 4735 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4736 Invalid = true; 4737 } 4738 } 4739 } 4740 4741 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4742 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4743 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4744 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4745 Owner->isRecord()) 4746 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4747 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4748 } 4749 4750 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4751 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4752 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4753 Invalid = true; 4754 } 4755 4756 // Mock up a declarator. 4757 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4758 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4759 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4760 4761 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4762 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4763 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4764 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4765 DS.getLocStart(), 4766 Record->getLocation(), 4767 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4768 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4769 TInfo, 4770 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4771 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4772 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4774 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4775 } else { 4776 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4777 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4778 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4779 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4780 // an error here 4781 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4782 Invalid = true; 4783 SC = SC_None; 4784 } 4785 4786 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4787 DS.getLocStart(), 4788 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4789 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4790 TInfo, SC); 4791 4792 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4793 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4794 // initializer: 4795 // union { int n = 0; }; 4796 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4797 } 4798 Anon->setImplicit(); 4799 4800 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4801 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4802 4803 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4804 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4805 // its members. 4806 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4807 4808 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4809 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4810 // purposes. 4811 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4812 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4813 4814 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4815 Invalid = true; 4816 4817 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4818 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4819 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4820 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4821 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4822 Context.setManglingNumber( 4823 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4824 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4825 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4826 } 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 if (Invalid) 4831 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4832 4833 return Anon; 4834 } 4835 4836 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4837 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4838 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4839 /// Example: 4840 /// 4841 /// struct A { int a; }; 4842 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4843 /// 4844 /// void foo() { 4845 /// B var; 4846 /// var.a = 3; 4847 /// } 4848 /// 4849 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4850 RecordDecl *Record) { 4851 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4852 4853 // Mock up a declarator. 4854 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4855 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4856 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4857 4858 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4859 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4860 4861 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4862 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4863 ParentDecl, 4864 DS.getLocStart(), 4865 DS.getLocStart(), 4866 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4867 RecTy, 4868 TInfo, 4869 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4870 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4871 Anon->setImplicit(); 4872 4873 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4874 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4875 4876 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4877 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4878 // purposes. 4879 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4880 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4881 4882 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4883 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4884 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4885 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4886 AS_none, Chain)) { 4887 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4888 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4889 } 4890 4891 return Anon; 4892 } 4893 4894 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4895 /// given Declarator. 4896 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4897 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4898 } 4899 4900 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4901 DeclarationNameInfo 4902 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4903 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4904 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4905 4906 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4907 4908 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4909 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4910 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4911 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4912 return NameInfo; 4913 4914 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4915 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4916 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4917 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4918 // of the simple-template-id. 4919 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4920 // class template. 4921 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4922 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4923 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4924 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4925 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4926 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4927 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4928 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4929 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4930 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4931 if (Template) 4932 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4933 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4934 } 4935 4936 NameInfo.setName( 4937 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4939 return NameInfo; 4940 } 4941 4942 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4943 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4944 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4945 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4946 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4947 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4948 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4949 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4950 return NameInfo; 4951 4952 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4953 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4954 Name.Identifier)); 4955 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4956 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4957 return NameInfo; 4958 4959 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4961 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4962 if (Ty.isNull()) 4963 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4964 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4965 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4966 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4967 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4968 return NameInfo; 4969 } 4970 4971 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4972 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4973 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4974 if (Ty.isNull()) 4975 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4976 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4977 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4978 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4979 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4980 return NameInfo; 4981 } 4982 4983 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4984 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4985 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4986 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4987 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4988 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4989 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4990 4991 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4992 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4993 4994 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4995 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4996 // was qualified. 4997 4998 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4999 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5000 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5001 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5002 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5003 return NameInfo; 5004 } 5005 5006 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 5007 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5008 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5009 if (Ty.isNull()) 5010 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5011 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5012 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5013 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5014 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5015 return NameInfo; 5016 } 5017 5018 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 5019 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5020 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5021 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5022 } 5023 5024 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5025 5026 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5027 } 5028 5029 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5030 do { 5031 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5032 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5033 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5034 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5035 else 5036 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5037 } while (true); 5038 } 5039 5040 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5041 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5042 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5043 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5044 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5045 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5046 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5047 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5048 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5049 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5050 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5051 Params.clear(); 5052 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5053 return false; 5054 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5055 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5056 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5057 5058 // The parameter types are identical 5059 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5060 continue; 5061 5062 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5063 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5064 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5065 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5066 5067 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5068 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5069 Params.push_back(Idx); 5070 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5071 return false; 5072 } 5073 5074 return true; 5075 } 5076 5077 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5078 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5079 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5080 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5081 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5082 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5083 DeclarationName Name) { 5084 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5085 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5086 // - types which will become injected class names 5087 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5088 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5089 // few cases here. 5090 5091 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5092 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5093 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5094 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5095 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5096 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5097 // Grab the type from the parser. 5098 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5099 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5100 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5101 5102 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5103 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5104 // attached already. 5105 if (!TSI) 5106 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5107 5108 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5109 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5110 if (!TSI) return true; 5111 5112 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5113 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5114 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5115 break; 5116 } 5117 5118 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5119 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5120 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5121 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5122 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5123 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5124 break; 5125 } 5126 5127 default: 5128 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5129 break; 5130 } 5131 5132 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5133 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5134 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5135 5136 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5137 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5138 // pointer. 5139 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5140 continue; 5141 5142 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5143 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5144 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5145 return true; 5146 } 5147 5148 return false; 5149 } 5150 5151 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5152 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5153 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5154 5155 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5156 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5157 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5158 5159 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5160 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5161 5162 return Dcl; 5163 } 5164 5165 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5166 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5167 /// name different from T: 5168 /// - every static data member of class T; 5169 /// - every member function of class T 5170 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5171 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5172 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5173 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5174 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5175 5176 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5177 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5178 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5179 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5180 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5181 return true; 5182 } 5183 5184 return false; 5185 } 5186 5187 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5188 /// nested-name-specifier. 5189 /// 5190 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5193 /// resolves. 5194 /// 5195 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5198 /// 5199 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5200 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5201 DeclarationName Name, 5202 SourceLocation Loc) { 5203 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5204 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5205 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5206 5207 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5208 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5209 // 5210 // class X { 5211 // void X::f(); 5212 // }; 5213 // 5214 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5215 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5216 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5217 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5218 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5219 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5220 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5221 SS.clear(); 5222 } else { 5223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5224 } 5225 return false; 5226 } 5227 5228 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5229 // declaration. 5230 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5231 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5233 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5234 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5235 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5236 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5237 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5238 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5239 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5240 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5241 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5242 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5243 else 5244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5245 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5246 5247 return true; 5248 } 5249 5250 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5251 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5252 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5253 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5254 SS.clear(); 5255 5256 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5257 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5258 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5259 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5260 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5261 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5262 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5263 return true; 5264 5265 return false; 5266 } 5267 5268 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5269 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5270 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5271 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5272 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5273 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5274 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5275 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5276 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5277 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5278 5279 return false; 5280 } 5281 5282 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5283 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5284 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5285 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5286 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5287 5288 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5289 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5290 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5291 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5292 } else if (!Name) { 5293 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5294 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5295 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5296 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5297 return nullptr; 5298 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5299 return nullptr; 5300 5301 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5302 // we find one that is. 5303 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5304 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5305 S = S->getParent(); 5306 5307 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5308 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5309 D.setInvalidType(); 5310 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5311 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5312 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5313 return nullptr; 5314 5315 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5316 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5317 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5318 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5319 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5320 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5321 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5322 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5323 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5324 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5325 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5326 return nullptr; 5327 } 5328 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5329 5330 if (!IsDependentContext && 5331 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5332 return nullptr; 5333 5334 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5335 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5336 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5337 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5338 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5339 return nullptr; 5340 } 5341 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5342 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5343 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5344 if (DC->isRecord()) 5345 return nullptr; 5346 5347 D.setInvalidType(); 5348 } 5349 } 5350 5351 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5352 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5353 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5354 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5355 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5356 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5357 D.setInvalidType(); 5358 } 5359 } 5360 5361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5362 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5363 5364 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5365 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5366 D.setInvalidType(); 5367 5368 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5369 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5370 5371 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5372 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5373 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5374 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5375 5376 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5377 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5378 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5379 // 5380 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5381 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5382 // the same name. 5383 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5384 /* Do nothing*/; 5385 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5386 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5387 R->isFunctionType())) { 5388 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5389 CreateBuiltins = 5390 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5391 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5392 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5393 CreateBuiltins = true; 5394 5395 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5396 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5397 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5398 } 5399 5400 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5401 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5402 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5403 5404 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5405 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5406 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5407 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5408 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5409 // thereof; [...] 5410 // 5411 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5412 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5413 // we want to match. For example, given: 5414 // 5415 // class X { 5416 // void f(); 5417 // void f(float); 5418 // }; 5419 // 5420 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5421 // 5422 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5423 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5424 // matches. 5425 5426 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5427 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5428 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5429 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5430 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5431 } 5432 5433 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5434 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5435 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5436 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5437 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5438 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5439 5440 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5441 Previous.clear(); 5442 } 5443 5444 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5445 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5446 Previous.clear(); 5447 5448 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5449 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5450 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5451 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5452 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5454 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5455 Previous.clear(); 5456 5457 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5458 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5459 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5460 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5461 5462 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5463 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5464 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5465 // template, declared in namespace scope 5466 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5467 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5468 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5469 return nullptr; 5470 } 5471 5472 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5473 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5474 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5475 return nullptr; 5476 } 5477 } 5478 5479 NamedDecl *New; 5480 5481 bool AddToScope = true; 5482 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5483 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5484 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5485 return nullptr; 5486 } 5487 5488 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5489 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5490 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5491 TemplateParamLists, 5492 AddToScope); 5493 } else { 5494 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5495 AddToScope); 5496 } 5497 5498 if (!New) 5499 return nullptr; 5500 5501 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5502 // add it to the scope stack. 5503 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5504 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5505 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5506 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5507 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5508 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5509 if (!AddToContext) 5510 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5511 } 5512 5513 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5514 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5515 5516 return New; 5517 } 5518 5519 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5520 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5521 /// GCC compatibility). 5522 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5523 ASTContext &Context, 5524 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5525 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5526 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5527 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5528 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5529 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5530 SizeIsNegative = false; 5531 Oversized = 0; 5532 5533 if (T->isDependentType()) 5534 return QualType(); 5535 5536 QualifierCollector Qs; 5537 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5538 5539 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5540 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5541 QualType FixedType = 5542 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5543 Oversized); 5544 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5545 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5546 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5547 } 5548 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5549 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5550 QualType FixedType = 5551 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5552 Oversized); 5553 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5554 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5555 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5556 } 5557 5558 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5559 if (!VLATy) 5560 return QualType(); 5561 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5562 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5563 return QualType(); 5564 5565 llvm::APSInt Res; 5566 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5567 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5568 return QualType(); 5569 5570 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5571 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5572 SizeIsNegative = true; 5573 return QualType(); 5574 } 5575 5576 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5577 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5578 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5579 Res); 5580 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5581 Oversized = Res; 5582 return QualType(); 5583 } 5584 5585 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5586 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5587 } 5588 5589 static void 5590 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5591 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5592 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5593 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5594 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5595 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5596 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5597 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5598 return; 5599 } 5600 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5601 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5602 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5603 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5604 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5605 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5606 return; 5607 } 5608 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5609 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5610 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5611 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5612 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5613 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5614 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5615 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5616 } 5617 5618 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5619 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5620 /// GCC compatibility). 5621 static TypeSourceInfo* 5622 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5623 ASTContext &Context, 5624 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5625 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5626 QualType FixedTy 5627 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5628 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5629 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5630 return nullptr; 5631 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5632 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5633 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5634 return FixedTInfo; 5635 } 5636 5637 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5638 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5639 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5640 /// function-scope declarations. 5641 void 5642 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5643 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5644 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5645 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5646 return; 5647 5648 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5649 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5650 } 5651 5652 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5653 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5654 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5655 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5656 } 5657 5658 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5659 /// does not identify a function. 5660 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5661 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5662 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5663 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5664 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5665 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5666 5667 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5668 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5669 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5670 5671 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5672 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5673 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5674 } 5675 5676 NamedDecl* 5677 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5678 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5679 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5680 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5681 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5682 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5683 D.setInvalidType(); 5684 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5685 DC = CurContext; 5686 Previous.clear(); 5687 } 5688 5689 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5690 5691 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5692 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5693 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5694 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5695 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5696 << 1; 5697 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5698 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5699 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5700 5701 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5702 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5703 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5704 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5705 << "typedef"; 5706 else 5707 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5708 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5709 return nullptr; 5710 } 5711 5712 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5713 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5714 5715 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5716 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5717 5718 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5719 5720 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5721 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5722 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5723 return ND; 5724 } 5725 5726 void 5727 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5728 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5729 // then it shall have block scope. 5730 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5731 // that redeclarations will match. 5732 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5733 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5734 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5735 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5736 5737 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5738 bool SizeIsNegative; 5739 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5740 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5741 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5742 SizeIsNegative, 5743 Oversized); 5744 if (FixedTInfo) { 5745 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5746 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5747 } else { 5748 if (SizeIsNegative) 5749 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5750 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5751 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5752 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5753 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5754 << Oversized.toString(10); 5755 else 5756 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5757 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5758 } 5759 } 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5764 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5765 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5766 NamedDecl* 5767 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5768 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5769 5770 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5771 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5772 5773 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5774 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5775 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5776 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5777 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5778 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5779 Redeclaration = true; 5780 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5781 } 5782 5783 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5784 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5785 5786 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5787 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5788 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5789 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5790 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5791 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5792 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5793 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5794 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5795 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5796 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5797 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5798 } 5799 5800 return NewTD; 5801 } 5802 5803 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5804 /// previous declaration. 5805 /// 5806 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5807 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5808 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5809 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5810 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5811 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5812 /// 5813 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5814 /// lookup 5815 /// 5816 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5817 /// declared. 5818 /// 5819 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5820 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5821 static bool 5822 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5823 ASTContext &Context) { 5824 if (!PrevDecl) 5825 return false; 5826 5827 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5828 return false; 5829 5830 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5831 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5832 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5833 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5834 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5835 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5836 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5837 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5838 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5839 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5840 return false; 5841 5842 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5843 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5844 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5845 return false; 5846 5847 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5848 // previous declarations. 5849 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5850 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5851 5852 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5853 // isn't the same function. 5854 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5855 return false; 5856 } 5857 5858 return true; 5859 } 5860 5861 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5862 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5863 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5864 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5865 } 5866 5867 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5868 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5869 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5870 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5871 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5872 unsigned kind = -1U; 5873 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5874 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5875 kind = 0; // __block 5876 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5877 kind = 1; // global 5878 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5879 kind = 3; // ivar 5880 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5881 kind = 2; // field 5882 } 5883 5884 if (kind != -1U) { 5885 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5886 << kind; 5887 } 5888 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5889 // Try to infer lifetime. 5890 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5891 return false; 5892 5893 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5894 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5895 decl->setType(type); 5896 } 5897 5898 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5899 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5900 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5901 var->getTLSKind()) { 5902 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5903 << var->getType(); 5904 return true; 5905 } 5906 } 5907 5908 return false; 5909 } 5910 5911 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5912 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5913 // the wrong linkage. 5914 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5915 5916 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5917 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5918 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5919 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5920 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5921 } 5922 } 5923 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5924 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5925 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5926 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5927 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5932 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5933 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5934 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5935 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5936 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5937 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5938 } 5939 } 5940 } 5941 5942 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5943 // It does not apply to functions. 5944 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5945 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5946 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5947 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5948 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5949 } 5950 } 5951 5952 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5953 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5954 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5955 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5956 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5957 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5958 << &ND << Attr; 5959 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5960 } 5961 } 5962 5963 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5964 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5965 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5966 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5967 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5968 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5969 << Attr; 5970 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5971 } 5972 } 5973 5974 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5975 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5976 bool IsSpecialization, 5977 bool IsDefinition) { 5978 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5979 return; 5980 5981 bool IsTemplate = false; 5982 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5983 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5984 IsTemplate = true; 5985 if (!IsSpecialization) 5986 IsDefinition = false; 5987 } 5988 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5989 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5990 IsTemplate = true; 5991 } 5992 5993 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5994 return; 5995 5996 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5997 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5998 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5999 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6000 6001 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6002 // inherited attribute instances. 6003 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6004 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6005 6006 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6007 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6008 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6009 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6010 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6011 6012 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6013 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6014 bool JustWarn = false; 6015 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6016 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6017 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6018 JustWarn = true; 6019 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6020 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6021 JustWarn = true; 6022 } 6023 6024 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6025 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6026 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6027 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6028 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6029 JustWarn = false; 6030 6031 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6032 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6033 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6034 << NewDecl 6035 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6036 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6037 if (!JustWarn) { 6038 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6039 return; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 6043 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6044 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6045 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6046 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6047 // it were marked dllexport. 6048 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6049 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6050 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6051 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6052 // separately. 6053 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6054 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6055 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6056 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6057 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6058 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6059 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6060 } 6061 6062 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6063 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6064 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6065 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6066 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6067 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6068 << NewDecl; 6069 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6070 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6071 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6072 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6073 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6074 } else { 6075 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6076 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6077 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6078 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6079 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6080 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6081 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6082 } 6083 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6084 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6085 // attribute. 6086 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6087 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6088 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6089 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6090 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6091 } 6092 6093 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6094 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6095 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6096 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6097 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6098 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6099 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6100 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6101 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6102 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6103 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6104 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6105 } 6106 } 6107 } 6108 } 6109 6110 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6111 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6112 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6113 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6114 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6115 6116 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6117 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6118 6119 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6120 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6121 return false; 6122 6123 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6124 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6125 } 6126 6127 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6128 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6129 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6130 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6131 /// 6132 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6133 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6134 /// 6135 /// For instance: 6136 /// 6137 /// auto x = []{}; 6138 /// 6139 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6140 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6141 /// 6142 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6143 template<typename T> 6144 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6145 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6146 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6147 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6148 return false; 6149 6150 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6151 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6152 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6153 return false; 6154 } 6155 return D->isExternC(); 6156 } 6157 6158 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6159 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6160 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6161 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6162 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6163 return true; 6164 if (DC->isRecord()) 6165 return false; 6166 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6167 } 6168 6169 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6170 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6171 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6172 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6173 return true; 6174 if (DC->isRecord()) 6175 return false; 6176 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6177 } 6178 6179 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6180 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6181 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6182 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6183 return true; 6184 return false; 6185 } 6186 6187 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6188 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6189 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6190 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6191 return true; 6192 6193 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6194 // position to the decl itself. 6195 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6196 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6197 return true; 6198 } 6199 6200 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6201 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6202 } 6203 6204 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6205 /// function-local external declaration. 6206 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6207 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6208 return false; 6209 6210 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6211 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6212 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6213 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6214 return true; 6215 6216 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6217 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6218 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6219 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6220 // 6221 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6222 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6223 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6224 DC = DC->getParent(); 6225 return true; 6226 } 6227 6228 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6229 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6230 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6231 return FD->isExternC(); 6232 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6233 return VD->isExternC(); 6234 6235 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6236 } 6237 6238 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6239 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6240 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6241 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6242 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6243 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6244 6245 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6246 6247 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6248 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6249 // purposes. 6250 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6251 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6252 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6253 Name = II; 6254 } 6255 } else if (!II) { 6256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6257 return nullptr; 6258 } 6259 6260 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6261 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6262 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6263 // argument. 6264 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6265 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6266 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6267 << R; 6268 D.setInvalidType(); 6269 return nullptr; 6270 } 6271 6272 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6273 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6274 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6275 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6276 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6277 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6278 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6279 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6280 D.setInvalidType(); 6281 return nullptr; 6282 } 6283 } 6284 6285 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6286 QualType NR = R; 6287 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6288 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6289 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6290 D.setInvalidType(); 6291 break; 6292 } 6293 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6294 } 6295 6296 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6297 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6298 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6299 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6300 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6301 D.setInvalidType(); 6302 } 6303 } 6304 6305 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6306 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6307 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6308 // space qualifiers. 6309 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6310 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6311 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6312 } 6313 6314 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6315 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6316 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6317 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6318 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6319 R.isConstQualified())) { 6320 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6321 D.setInvalidType(); 6322 } 6323 } 6324 6325 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6326 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6327 // address space qualifiers. 6328 if (R->isEventT()) { 6329 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6330 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6331 D.setInvalidType(); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 } 6335 6336 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6337 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6338 6339 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6340 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6341 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6342 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6343 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6344 SC = SC_Extern; 6345 6346 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6347 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6348 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6349 6350 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6351 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6352 // an error here 6353 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6354 D.setInvalidType(); 6355 SC = SC_None; 6356 } 6357 6358 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6359 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6360 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6361 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6362 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6363 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6364 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6365 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6366 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6368 } 6369 6370 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6371 6372 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6373 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6374 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6375 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6376 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6377 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6378 D.setInvalidType(); 6379 } 6380 } 6381 6382 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6383 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6384 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6385 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6386 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6387 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6388 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6389 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6390 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6391 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6392 R, TInfo, SC); 6393 6394 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6395 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6396 6397 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6398 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6399 } else { 6400 bool Invalid = false; 6401 6402 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6403 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6404 switch (SC) { 6405 case SC_None: 6406 break; 6407 case SC_Static: 6408 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6409 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6410 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6411 break; 6412 case SC_Auto: 6413 case SC_Register: 6414 case SC_Extern: 6415 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6416 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6417 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6418 // of class members 6419 6420 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6421 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6423 break; 6424 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6425 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6426 } 6427 } 6428 6429 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6430 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6431 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6432 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6433 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6434 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6435 6436 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6437 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6438 if (RD->isUnion()) 6439 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6440 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6441 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6442 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6443 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6444 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6445 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6446 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6447 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6448 } 6449 } 6450 6451 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6452 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6453 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6454 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6455 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6456 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6457 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6458 : nullptr, 6459 TemplateParamLists, 6460 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6461 6462 if (TemplateParams) { 6463 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6464 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6465 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6466 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6467 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6468 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6469 << II 6470 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6471 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6472 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6473 } else { 6474 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6475 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6476 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6477 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6478 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6479 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6480 // This is a template declaration. 6481 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6482 6483 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6484 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6485 return nullptr; 6486 6487 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6489 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6490 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6491 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6492 } 6493 } 6494 } else { 6495 assert( 6496 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6497 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6498 } 6499 6500 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6501 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6502 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6503 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6504 : SourceLocation(); 6505 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6506 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6507 IsPartialSpecialization); 6508 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6509 return nullptr; 6510 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6511 AddToScope = false; 6512 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6513 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6514 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6515 Bindings); 6516 } else 6517 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6518 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6519 6520 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6521 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6522 NewTemplate = 6523 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6524 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6525 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6526 } 6527 6528 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6529 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6530 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6531 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6532 6533 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6534 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 if (NewTemplate) 6536 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6537 } 6538 6539 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6540 6541 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6542 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6543 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6544 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6545 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6546 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6547 6548 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6549 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6550 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6551 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6552 // implicitly an inline variable. 6553 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6554 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6555 } 6556 6557 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6558 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6559 VTD->setConcept(); 6560 6561 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6562 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6563 // specifiers, [...] 6564 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6566 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6567 << 0 << 0; 6568 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6569 } 6570 6571 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6572 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6573 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6574 << 0 << 3; 6575 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6576 } 6577 6578 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6579 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6580 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6581 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6582 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6583 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6584 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6585 } 6586 6587 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6588 // following restrictions: 6589 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6590 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6591 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6594 } 6595 } 6596 } 6597 6598 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6599 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6600 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6601 << 0; 6602 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6603 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6604 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6605 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6606 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6607 } else { 6608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6609 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6610 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6611 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6612 } 6613 } 6614 6615 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6616 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6617 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6618 if (NewTemplate) 6619 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6620 6621 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6622 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6623 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6624 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6625 else 6626 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6627 } 6628 6629 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6630 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6631 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6632 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6633 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6634 // explicitly. 6635 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6636 // 'extern'. 6637 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6638 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6639 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6640 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6641 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6642 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6643 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6644 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6645 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6646 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6647 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6648 // error should be ignored. 6649 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6650 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6651 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6652 // to emit any code for it. 6653 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6654 } else 6655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6656 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6657 } else 6658 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6659 } 6660 6661 // C99 6.7.4p3 6662 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6663 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6664 // thread storage duration... 6665 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6666 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6667 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6668 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6669 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6670 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6671 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6672 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6673 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6675 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6676 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6677 } 6678 } 6679 6680 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6681 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6682 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6683 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6685 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6686 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6687 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6688 << 2 6689 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6690 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6691 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6692 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6693 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6694 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6695 else { 6696 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6697 if (NewTemplate) 6698 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6699 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6700 B->setModulePrivate(); 6701 } 6702 } 6703 6704 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6705 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6706 6707 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6708 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6709 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6710 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6711 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6712 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6713 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6714 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6715 // storage [duration]." 6716 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6717 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6718 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6719 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6720 } 6721 } 6722 6723 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6724 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6725 // check the VarDecl itself. 6726 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6727 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6728 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6729 6730 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6731 // retainable type. 6732 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6734 6735 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6736 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6737 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6738 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6739 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6740 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6741 switch (SC) { 6742 case SC_None: 6743 case SC_Auto: 6744 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6745 break; 6746 case SC_Register: 6747 // Local Named register 6748 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6749 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6750 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6751 break; 6752 case SC_Static: 6753 case SC_Extern: 6754 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6755 break; 6756 } 6757 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6758 // Global Named register 6759 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6760 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6761 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6762 6763 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6764 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6765 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6766 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6767 HasSizeMismatch)) 6768 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6769 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6770 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6771 } 6772 6773 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6774 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6775 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6776 } 6777 } 6778 6779 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6780 Context, Label, 0)); 6781 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6782 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6783 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6784 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6785 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6786 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6787 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6788 } else 6789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6790 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6795 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6796 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6797 : nullptr; 6798 6799 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6800 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6801 // declaration has linkage). 6802 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6803 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6804 IsMemberSpecialization || 6805 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6806 6807 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6808 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6810 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6811 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6812 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6813 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6814 6815 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6816 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6817 } else { 6818 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6819 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6820 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 6823 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6824 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6825 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6826 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6827 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6828 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6829 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6831 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6832 Previous.clear(); 6833 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6834 } 6835 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6836 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6838 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6839 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6840 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6841 } 6842 6843 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6844 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6845 6846 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6847 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6848 // concept definition. 6849 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6850 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6851 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6852 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6853 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6854 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6855 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6856 << 1 /*variable*/ 6857 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6858 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6859 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6860 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6861 } 6862 } 6863 } 6864 6865 if (NewTemplate) { 6866 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6867 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6868 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6869 : nullptr; 6870 6871 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6872 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6873 // template declaration. 6874 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6875 TemplateParams, 6876 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6877 : nullptr, 6878 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6879 DC->isDependentContext()) 6880 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6881 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6882 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6883 6884 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6885 // template, make a note of that. 6886 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6887 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6888 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6889 } 6890 } 6891 6892 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6893 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6894 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6895 6896 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6897 6898 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6899 // the map of such variables. 6900 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6901 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6902 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6903 6904 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6905 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6906 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6907 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6908 Context.setManglingNumber( 6909 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6910 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6911 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6916 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6917 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6918 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6919 6920 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6921 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6922 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6923 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6924 6925 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6926 // behavior. 6927 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6928 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6929 } 6930 6931 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6932 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6933 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6934 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6935 } 6936 6937 if (NewTemplate) { 6938 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6939 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6940 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6941 return NewTemplate; 6942 } 6943 6944 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6945 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6946 6947 return NewVD; 6948 } 6949 6950 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6951 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6952 SDK_Local, 6953 SDK_Global, 6954 SDK_StaticMember, 6955 SDK_Field, 6956 SDK_Typedef, 6957 SDK_Using 6958 }; 6959 6960 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6961 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6962 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6963 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6964 return SDK_Using; 6965 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6966 return SDK_Typedef; 6967 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6968 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6969 6970 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6971 } 6972 6973 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6974 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6975 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6976 const VarDecl *VD) { 6977 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6978 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6979 return Capture.getLocation(); 6980 } 6981 return SourceLocation(); 6982 } 6983 6984 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6985 const LookupResult &R) { 6986 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6987 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6988 return false; 6989 6990 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6991 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6992 } 6993 6994 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6995 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6996 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6997 const LookupResult &R) { 6998 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6999 return nullptr; 7000 7001 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7002 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7003 return nullptr; 7004 7005 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7006 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7007 ? ShadowedDecl 7008 : nullptr; 7009 } 7010 7011 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7012 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7013 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7014 const LookupResult &R) { 7015 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7016 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7017 return nullptr; 7018 7019 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7020 return nullptr; 7021 7022 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7023 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7024 } 7025 7026 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7027 /// -Wshadow. 7028 /// 7029 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7030 /// scope. 7031 /// 7032 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7033 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7034 /// 7035 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7036 const LookupResult &R) { 7037 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7038 7039 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7040 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7041 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7042 if (MD->isStatic()) 7043 return; 7044 7045 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7046 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7047 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7048 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7049 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7050 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7051 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7052 return; 7053 } 7054 } 7055 7056 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7057 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7058 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7059 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7060 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7061 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7062 ShadowedDecl = I; 7063 break; 7064 } 7065 } 7066 7067 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7068 7069 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7070 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7071 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7072 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7073 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7074 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7075 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7076 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7077 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7078 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7079 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7080 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7081 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7082 } else { 7083 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7084 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7085 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7086 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7087 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7088 return; 7089 } 7090 } 7091 7092 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7093 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7094 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7095 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7096 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7097 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7098 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7099 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7100 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7101 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7102 return; 7103 } 7104 } 7105 } 7106 } 7107 } 7108 7109 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7110 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7111 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7112 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7113 return; 7114 7115 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7116 // static data members from base classes? 7117 7118 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7119 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7120 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7121 } 7122 7123 7124 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7125 7126 // Emit warning and note. 7127 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7128 return; 7129 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7130 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7131 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7132 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7133 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7134 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7135 } 7136 7137 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7138 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7139 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7140 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7141 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7142 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7143 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7144 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7145 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7146 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7147 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7148 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7149 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7150 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7151 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7152 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7153 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7154 } 7155 } 7156 7157 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7158 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7159 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7160 return; 7161 7162 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7163 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7164 LookupName(R, S); 7165 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7166 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7167 } 7168 7169 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7170 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7171 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7172 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7173 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7174 return; 7175 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7176 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7177 if (!DRE) 7178 return; 7179 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7180 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7181 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7182 return; 7183 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7184 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7185 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7186 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7187 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7188 7189 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7190 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7191 } 7192 7193 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7194 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7195 template<typename T> 7196 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7197 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7198 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7199 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7200 7201 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7202 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7203 // declaration. 7204 return false; 7205 } 7206 7207 if (Prev) { 7208 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7209 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7210 // redeclaration. 7211 Previous.clear(); 7212 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7213 return true; 7214 } 7215 7216 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7217 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7218 // declaration. 7219 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7220 return false; 7221 } else { 7222 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7223 // translation unit which might conflict. 7224 if (IsGlobal) { 7225 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7226 IsGlobal = false; 7227 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7228 I != E; ++I) { 7229 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7230 Prev = *I; 7231 break; 7232 } 7233 } 7234 } else { 7235 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7236 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7237 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7238 I != E; ++I) { 7239 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7240 Prev = *I; 7241 break; 7242 } 7243 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7244 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7245 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7246 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7247 // diagnostic. 7248 } 7249 } 7250 7251 if (!Prev) 7252 return false; 7253 } 7254 7255 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7256 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7257 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7258 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7259 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7260 else 7261 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7262 7263 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7264 << IsGlobal << ND; 7265 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7266 << IsGlobal; 7267 return false; 7268 } 7269 7270 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7271 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7272 /// 7273 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7274 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7275 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7276 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7277 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7278 template<typename T> 7279 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7280 LookupResult &Previous) { 7281 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7282 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7283 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7284 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7285 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7286 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7287 Previous.clear(); 7288 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7289 return true; 7290 } 7291 } 7292 return false; 7293 } 7294 7295 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7296 // declaration. 7297 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7298 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7299 7300 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7301 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7302 // in another scope. 7303 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7304 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7305 7306 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7307 return false; 7308 } 7309 7310 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7311 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7312 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7313 return; 7314 7315 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7316 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7317 7318 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7319 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7320 return; 7321 7322 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7323 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7324 7325 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7326 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7327 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7328 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7329 NewVD->setType(T); 7330 } 7331 7332 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7333 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7334 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7335 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7336 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7337 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7338 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7339 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7340 return; 7341 } 7342 7343 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7344 // scope. 7345 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7346 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7347 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7348 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7349 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7350 return; 7351 } 7352 7353 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7354 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7355 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7356 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7357 return; 7358 } 7359 7360 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7361 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7362 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7363 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7364 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7365 << 0 /*const*/; 7366 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7367 return; 7368 } 7369 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7370 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7371 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7372 return; 7373 } 7374 } 7375 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7376 // __constant address space. 7377 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7378 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7379 // address space. 7380 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7381 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7382 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7383 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7384 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7385 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7386 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7387 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7388 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7389 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7390 else 7391 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7392 << Scope << "constant"; 7393 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7394 return; 7395 } 7396 } else { 7397 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7398 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7399 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7400 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7401 return; 7402 } 7403 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7404 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7405 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7406 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7407 // in functions. 7408 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7409 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7410 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7411 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7412 else 7413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7414 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7415 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7416 return; 7417 } 7418 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7419 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7420 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7421 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7422 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7424 << "constant"; 7425 else 7426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7427 << "local"; 7428 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7429 return; 7430 } 7431 } 7432 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 7433 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7434 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7435 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7436 return; 7437 } 7438 } 7439 } 7440 7441 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7442 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7443 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7445 else { 7446 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7447 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7448 } 7449 } 7450 7451 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7452 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7453 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7454 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7455 7456 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7457 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7458 bool SizeIsNegative; 7459 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7460 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7461 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7462 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7463 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7464 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7465 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7466 // int a[10][n]; 7467 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7468 7469 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7470 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7471 << SizeRange; 7472 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7473 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7474 << SizeRange; 7475 else 7476 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7477 << SizeRange; 7478 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7479 return; 7480 } 7481 7482 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7483 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7484 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7485 else 7486 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7487 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7488 return; 7489 } 7490 7491 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7492 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7493 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7494 } 7495 7496 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7497 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7498 // of objects and functions. 7499 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7500 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7501 << T; 7502 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7503 return; 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7508 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7509 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7510 return; 7511 } 7512 7513 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7514 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7515 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7516 return; 7517 } 7518 7519 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7520 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7521 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7522 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7523 return; 7524 } 7525 } 7526 7527 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7528 /// declaration. 7529 /// 7530 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7531 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7532 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7533 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7534 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7535 /// 7536 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7537 /// 7538 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7539 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7540 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7541 7542 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7543 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7544 return false; 7545 7546 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7547 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7548 if (Previous.empty() && 7549 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7550 Previous.setShadowed(); 7551 7552 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7553 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7554 return true; 7555 } 7556 return false; 7557 } 7558 7559 namespace { 7560 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7561 Sema *S; 7562 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7563 7564 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7565 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7566 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7567 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7568 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7569 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7570 7571 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7572 7573 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7574 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7575 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7576 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7577 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7578 7579 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7580 } 7581 7582 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7583 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7584 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7585 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7586 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7587 return true; 7588 } 7589 } 7590 7591 return false; 7592 } 7593 }; 7594 7595 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7596 } // end anonymous namespace 7597 7598 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7599 /// overriden methods. 7600 /// 7601 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7602 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7603 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7604 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7605 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7606 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7607 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7608 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7609 I != E; ++I) { 7610 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7611 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7612 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7613 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7614 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7615 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7616 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7617 } 7618 } 7619 7620 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7621 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7622 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7623 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7624 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7625 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7626 FOM.Method = MD; 7627 FOM.S = this; 7628 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7629 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7630 bool AddedAny = false; 7631 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7632 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7633 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7634 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7635 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7636 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7637 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7638 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7639 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7640 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7641 AddedAny = true; 7642 } 7643 } 7644 } 7645 } 7646 7647 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7648 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7649 } 7650 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7651 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7652 } 7653 7654 return AddedAny; 7655 } 7656 7657 namespace { 7658 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7659 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7660 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7661 Scope *S; 7662 Declarator &D; 7663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7664 bool AddToScope; 7665 }; 7666 } // end anonymous namespace 7667 7668 namespace { 7669 7670 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7671 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7672 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7673 public: 7674 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7675 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7676 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7677 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7678 7679 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7680 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7681 return false; 7682 7683 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7684 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7685 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7686 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7687 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7688 7689 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7690 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7691 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7692 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7693 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7694 return true; 7695 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7696 return true; 7697 } 7698 } 7699 } 7700 7701 return false; 7702 } 7703 7704 private: 7705 ASTContext &Context; 7706 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7707 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7708 }; 7709 7710 } // end anonymous namespace 7711 7712 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7713 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7714 } 7715 7716 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7717 /// 7718 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7719 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7720 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7721 /// the same name. 7722 /// 7723 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7724 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7725 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7726 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7727 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7728 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7729 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7730 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7731 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7732 TypoCorrection Correction; 7733 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7734 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7735 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7736 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7737 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7738 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7739 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7740 7741 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7742 if (IsLocalFriend) 7743 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7744 else 7745 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7746 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7747 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7748 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7749 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7750 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7751 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7752 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7753 if (FD && 7754 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7755 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7756 // involve a parameter 7757 unsigned ParamNum = 7758 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7759 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7760 } 7761 } 7762 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7763 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7764 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7765 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7766 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7767 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7768 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7769 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7770 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7771 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7772 Previous.clear(); 7773 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7774 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7775 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7776 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7777 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7778 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7779 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7780 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7781 } 7782 } 7783 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7784 7785 NamedDecl *Result; 7786 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7787 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7788 { 7789 // Trap errors. 7790 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7791 7792 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7793 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7794 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7795 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7796 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7797 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7798 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7799 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7800 7801 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7802 Result = nullptr; 7803 } 7804 7805 if (Result) { 7806 // Determine which correction we picked. 7807 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7808 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7809 I != E; ++I) 7810 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7811 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7812 7813 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7814 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7815 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7816 Correction, 7817 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7818 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7819 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7820 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7821 return Result; 7822 } 7823 7824 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7825 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7826 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7827 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7828 Previous.clear(); 7829 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7830 } 7831 7832 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7833 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7834 7835 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7836 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7837 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7838 7839 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7840 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7841 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7842 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7843 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7844 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7845 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7846 7847 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7848 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7849 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7850 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7851 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7852 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7853 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7854 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7855 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7856 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7857 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7858 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7859 } else 7860 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7861 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7862 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7863 } 7864 return nullptr; 7865 } 7866 7867 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7868 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7869 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7870 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7871 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7872 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7873 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7874 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7875 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7876 D.setInvalidType(); 7877 break; 7878 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7879 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7880 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7881 return SC_None; 7882 return SC_Extern; 7883 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7884 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7885 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7886 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7887 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7888 // other than extern 7889 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7890 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7891 diag::err_static_block_func); 7892 break; 7893 } else 7894 return SC_Static; 7895 } 7896 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7897 } 7898 7899 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7900 return SC_None; 7901 } 7902 7903 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7904 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7905 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7906 StorageClass SC, 7907 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7908 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7909 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7910 7911 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7912 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7913 7914 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7915 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7916 // prototype. This true when: 7917 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7918 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7919 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7920 // function type). 7921 bool HasPrototype = 7922 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7923 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7924 7925 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7926 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7927 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7928 HasPrototype, false); 7929 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7930 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7931 7932 return NewFD; 7933 } 7934 7935 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7936 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7937 7938 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7939 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7940 // the class has been completely parsed. 7941 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7942 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7943 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7944 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7945 D.setInvalidType(); 7946 7947 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7948 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7949 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7950 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7951 7952 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7953 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7954 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7955 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7956 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7957 isConstexpr); 7958 7959 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7960 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7961 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7962 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7963 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7964 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7965 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7966 D.getLocStart(), 7967 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7968 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7969 7970 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7971 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7972 // it yet. 7973 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7974 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7975 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7976 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7977 } 7978 7979 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7980 return NewDD; 7981 7982 } else { 7983 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7984 D.setInvalidType(); 7985 7986 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7987 // code path. 7988 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7989 D.getLocStart(), 7990 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7991 SC, isInline, 7992 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7993 } 7994 7995 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7996 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7997 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7998 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7999 return nullptr; 8000 } 8001 8002 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8003 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8004 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 8005 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 8006 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 8007 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8008 8009 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8010 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8011 8012 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 8013 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8014 D.getLocEnd()); 8015 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8016 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8017 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8018 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8019 // constructor if it has no return type). 8020 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8021 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8022 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8023 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8024 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8025 return nullptr; 8026 } 8027 8028 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8029 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 8030 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 8031 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 8032 TInfo, SC, isInline, 8033 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8034 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8035 return Ret; 8036 } else { 8037 bool isFriend = 8038 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8039 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8040 return nullptr; 8041 8042 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8043 // prototype. This true when: 8044 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8045 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 8046 D.getLocStart(), 8047 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 8048 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 8049 } 8050 } 8051 8052 enum OpenCLParamType { 8053 ValidKernelParam, 8054 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8055 PtrKernelParam, 8056 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8057 InvalidKernelParam, 8058 RecordKernelParam 8059 }; 8060 8061 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8062 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8063 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8064 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8065 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8066 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8067 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8068 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8069 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8070 return PtrKernelParam; 8071 } 8072 8073 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 8074 // be used as builtin types. 8075 8076 if (PT->isImageType()) 8077 return PtrKernelParam; 8078 8079 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8080 return InvalidKernelParam; 8081 8082 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8083 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8084 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8085 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8086 return InvalidKernelParam; 8087 8088 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8089 return RecordKernelParam; 8090 8091 return ValidKernelParam; 8092 } 8093 8094 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8095 Sema &S, 8096 Declarator &D, 8097 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8098 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8099 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8100 8101 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8102 // used again 8103 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8104 return; 8105 8106 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8107 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8108 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8109 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8110 // pointer to a pointer type. 8111 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8112 D.setInvalidType(); 8113 return; 8114 8115 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8116 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8117 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8118 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8119 // __constant. 8120 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8121 D.setInvalidType(); 8122 return; 8123 8124 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8125 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8126 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8127 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8128 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8129 8130 case InvalidKernelParam: 8131 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8132 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8133 // of event_t type. 8134 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8135 // type for any function elsewhere. 8136 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 8137 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8138 D.setInvalidType(); 8139 return; 8140 8141 case PtrKernelParam: 8142 case ValidKernelParam: 8143 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8144 return; 8145 8146 case RecordKernelParam: 8147 break; 8148 } 8149 8150 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8151 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8152 8153 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8154 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8155 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8156 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8157 8158 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8159 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8160 8161 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8162 8163 do { 8164 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8165 if (!Next) { 8166 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8167 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8168 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8169 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8170 8171 continue; 8172 } 8173 8174 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8175 // field itself) to the history stack. 8176 const RecordDecl *RD; 8177 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8178 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8179 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8180 } else { 8181 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8182 } 8183 8184 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8185 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8186 8187 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8188 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8189 8190 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8191 continue; 8192 8193 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8194 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8195 continue; 8196 8197 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8198 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8199 continue; 8200 } 8201 8202 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8203 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8204 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8205 // union. 8206 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8207 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8208 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8209 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8210 << PT->isUnionType() 8211 << PT; 8212 } else { 8213 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8214 } 8215 8216 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8217 << PD->getDeclName(); 8218 8219 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8220 // the offending field came from 8221 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8222 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8223 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8224 I != E; ++I) { 8225 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8226 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8227 << OuterField->getType(); 8228 } 8229 8230 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8231 << QT->isPointerType() 8232 << QT; 8233 D.setInvalidType(); 8234 return; 8235 } 8236 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8237 } 8238 8239 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8240 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8241 /// nothing. 8242 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8243 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8244 DC = DC->getParent(); 8245 return DC; 8246 } 8247 8248 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8249 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8250 /// nothing. 8251 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8252 while (S->isClassScope() || 8253 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8254 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8255 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8256 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8257 S = S->getParent(); 8258 return S; 8259 } 8260 8261 NamedDecl* 8262 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8264 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8265 bool &AddToScope) { 8266 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8267 8268 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8269 8270 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8271 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8272 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8273 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8274 8275 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8277 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8278 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8279 8280 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8281 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8282 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8283 8284 bool isFriend = false; 8285 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8286 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8287 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8288 8289 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8290 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8291 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8292 8293 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8294 8295 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8296 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8297 8298 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8299 isVirtualOkay); 8300 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8301 8302 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8303 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8304 8305 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8306 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8307 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8308 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8309 8310 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8311 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8312 8313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8314 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8315 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8316 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8317 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8318 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8319 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8320 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8321 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8322 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8323 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8324 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8325 } 8326 8327 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8328 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8329 // return true). 8330 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8331 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8332 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8333 NewFD->setPure(true); 8334 8335 // C++ [class.union]p2 8336 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8337 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8339 } 8340 8341 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8342 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8343 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8344 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8345 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8346 8347 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8348 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8349 bool Invalid = false; 8350 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8351 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8352 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8353 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8354 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8355 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8356 : nullptr, 8357 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8358 Invalid)) { 8359 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8360 // This is a function template 8361 8362 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8363 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8364 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8365 8366 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8367 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8368 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8369 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8370 } 8371 8372 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8373 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8374 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8375 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8376 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8377 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8378 Invalid = true; 8379 } 8380 8381 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8382 NewFD->getLocation(), 8383 Name, TemplateParams, 8384 NewFD); 8385 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8386 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8387 8388 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8389 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8390 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8391 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8392 } 8393 } else { 8394 // This is a function template specialization. 8395 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8396 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8397 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8398 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8399 8400 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8401 if (isFriend) { 8402 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8403 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8404 8405 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8406 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8407 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8408 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8409 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8410 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8411 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8412 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8413 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8414 } 8415 8416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8417 << Name << RemoveRange 8418 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8419 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8420 } 8421 } 8422 } 8423 else { 8424 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8425 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8426 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8427 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8428 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8429 } 8430 8431 if (Invalid) { 8432 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8433 if (FunctionTemplate) 8434 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8435 } 8436 8437 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8438 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8439 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8440 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8441 // 8442 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8443 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8444 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8445 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8446 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8447 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8448 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8449 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8450 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8451 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8452 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8453 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8454 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8455 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8457 } else { 8458 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8459 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8460 } 8461 8462 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8463 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8465 } 8466 8467 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8468 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8469 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8470 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8471 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8472 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8473 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8474 // thing to do. 8475 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8476 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8477 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8478 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8479 QualType Result = 8480 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8481 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8482 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8483 } 8484 8485 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8486 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8487 // declaration. 8488 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8489 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8490 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8491 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8492 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8493 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8494 } 8495 } 8496 8497 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8498 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8499 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8500 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8501 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8502 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8503 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8504 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8505 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8506 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8507 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8508 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8509 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8510 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8511 // or conversion function. 8512 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8513 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8514 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8515 } 8516 } 8517 8518 if (isConstexpr) { 8519 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8520 // are implicitly inline. 8521 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8522 8523 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8524 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8525 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8526 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8527 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8528 } 8529 8530 if (isConcept) { 8531 // This is a function concept. 8532 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8533 FTD->setConcept(); 8534 8535 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8536 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8537 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8538 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8539 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8540 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8541 } 8542 8543 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8544 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8545 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8546 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8547 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8548 SourceRange Range; 8549 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8550 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8551 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8554 } else { 8555 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8556 } 8557 8558 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8559 // following restrictions: 8560 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8561 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8562 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8563 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8564 } 8565 8566 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8567 // following restrictions: 8568 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8569 // parameter list. 8570 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8571 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8572 } 8573 8574 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8575 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8576 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8577 8578 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8579 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8580 // specifiers, [...] 8581 if (isInline) { 8582 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8583 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8584 << 1 << 1; 8585 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8586 } 8587 8588 if (isFriend) { 8589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8590 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8591 << 1 << 2; 8592 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8593 } 8594 8595 if (isConstexpr) { 8596 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8597 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8598 << 1 << 3; 8599 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8600 } 8601 8602 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8603 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8604 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8605 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8607 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8608 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8609 return NewFD; 8610 } 8611 } 8612 8613 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8615 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8616 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8617 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8618 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8619 << 0 8620 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8621 } else { 8622 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8623 if (FunctionTemplate) 8624 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8625 } 8626 } 8627 8628 if (isFriend) { 8629 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8630 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8631 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8632 } 8633 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8634 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8635 } 8636 8637 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8638 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8639 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8640 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8641 case FDK_Declaration: 8642 case FDK_Definition: 8643 break; 8644 8645 case FDK_Defaulted: 8646 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8647 break; 8648 8649 case FDK_Deleted: 8650 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8651 break; 8652 } 8653 8654 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8655 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8656 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8657 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8658 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8659 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8660 } 8661 8662 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8663 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8664 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8665 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8666 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8667 // the class. 8668 8669 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8670 // member function definition. 8671 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8672 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8673 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8674 } 8675 8676 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8677 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8678 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8679 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8680 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8681 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8682 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8683 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8684 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8685 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8686 } 8687 8688 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8689 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8690 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8691 isMemberSpecialization || 8692 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8693 8694 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8695 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8696 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8697 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8698 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8699 SE->getString(), 0)); 8700 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8701 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8702 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8703 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8704 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8705 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8706 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8707 } else 8708 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8709 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8710 } 8711 } 8712 8713 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8714 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8715 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8716 unsigned FTIIdx; 8717 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8718 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8719 8720 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8721 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8722 // single void argument. 8723 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8724 // already checks for that case. 8725 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8726 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8727 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8728 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8729 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8730 Params.push_back(Param); 8731 8732 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8734 } 8735 } 8736 8737 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8738 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8739 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8740 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8741 // the TU. 8742 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8743 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8744 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8745 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8746 8747 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8748 // instead. 8749 if (!TD) { 8750 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8751 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8752 } 8753 if (!TD) 8754 continue; 8755 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8756 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8757 continue; 8758 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8759 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8760 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8761 8762 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8763 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8764 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8765 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8766 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8767 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8768 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8769 } 8770 } 8771 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8772 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8773 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8774 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8775 // 8776 // @code 8777 // typedef void fn(int); 8778 // fn f; 8779 // @endcode 8780 8781 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8782 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8783 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8784 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8785 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8786 Params.push_back(Param); 8787 } 8788 } else { 8789 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8790 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8791 } 8792 8793 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8794 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8795 8796 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8797 NewFD->addAttr( 8798 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8799 Context, 0)); 8800 8801 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8802 // because all functions have linkage. 8803 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8804 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8805 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8806 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8807 } 8808 8809 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8810 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8811 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8812 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8813 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8814 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8815 } 8816 8817 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8818 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8819 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8820 NewFD->addAttr( 8821 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8822 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8823 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8824 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8825 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8826 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8827 NewFD)) 8828 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8829 } 8830 8831 // Handle attributes. 8832 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8833 8834 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8835 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8836 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8837 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8838 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8839 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8840 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8841 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8842 } 8843 } 8844 8845 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8846 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8847 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8848 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8849 8850 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8851 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8852 8853 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8854 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8855 isMemberSpecialization)); 8856 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8857 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8858 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8859 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8860 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8861 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8862 8863 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8864 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8865 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8866 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8867 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8868 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8869 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8870 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8871 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8872 int DiagID = 8873 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8874 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8875 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8876 } 8877 } 8878 } else { 8879 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8880 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8881 // 8882 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8883 // 8884 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8885 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8886 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8887 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8888 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8889 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8890 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8891 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8892 8893 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8894 // argument list into our AST format. 8895 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8896 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8897 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8898 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8899 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8900 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8901 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8902 TemplateArgs); 8903 8904 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8905 8906 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8907 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8908 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8909 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8911 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8912 8913 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8914 } else { 8915 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8916 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8917 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8918 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8919 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8920 } 8921 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8922 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8923 // wrote something like: 8924 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8925 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8926 // friend void foo<>(int); 8927 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8928 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8929 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8930 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8931 } 8932 8933 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8934 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8935 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8936 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8937 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8938 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8939 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8940 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8941 8942 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8943 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8944 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8945 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8946 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8947 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8948 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8949 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8950 TemplateArgs, 8951 InstantiationDependent))) { 8952 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8953 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8954 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8955 Previous)) 8956 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8957 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8958 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8959 && !isFriend) { 8960 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8961 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8962 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8963 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8964 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8965 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8966 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 8967 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 8968 Previous)) 8969 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8970 8971 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8972 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8973 // specialization (14.7.3) 8974 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8975 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8976 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8977 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8979 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8980 << SC 8981 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8982 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8983 8984 else 8985 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8986 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8988 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8989 } 8990 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8991 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8992 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8993 } 8994 8995 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8996 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8997 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8998 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8999 9000 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9001 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9002 9003 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9004 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9005 isMemberSpecialization)); 9006 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9007 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9008 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9009 } 9010 9011 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9012 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9013 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9014 9015 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9016 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9017 : NewFD); 9018 9019 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9020 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9021 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9022 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9023 9024 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9025 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9026 } 9027 9028 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9029 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9030 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9031 9032 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9033 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9034 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9035 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9036 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9037 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9038 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9039 : nullptr, 9040 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9041 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9042 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9043 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9044 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9045 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9046 DC->isDependentContext()) 9047 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9048 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9049 } 9050 9051 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9052 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9053 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9054 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9055 AddToScope }; 9056 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9057 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9058 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9059 9060 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9061 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9062 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9063 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9064 9065 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9066 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9067 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9068 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9069 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9070 // can actually do this check immediately. 9071 if (isFriend && 9072 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 9073 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9074 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 9075 // ignore these 9076 } else { 9077 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9078 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9079 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9080 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9081 // 9082 // class X { 9083 // void f() const; 9084 // }; 9085 // 9086 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9087 // 9088 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9089 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9090 // whether the parameter types are references). 9091 9092 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9093 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9094 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9095 return Result; 9096 } 9097 } 9098 9099 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9100 // to something. 9101 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9102 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9103 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9104 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9105 return Result; 9106 } 9107 } 9108 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9109 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9110 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9111 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9112 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9113 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9114 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9115 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9116 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9117 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9118 // generate them. 9119 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9120 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9121 } 9122 } 9123 9124 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9125 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9126 9127 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9128 9129 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9130 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9131 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9132 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9133 << NewFD; 9134 9135 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9136 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9137 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9138 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9139 EPI.Variadic = true; 9140 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9141 9142 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9143 NewFD->setType(R); 9144 } 9145 9146 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9147 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9148 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9149 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9150 9151 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9152 // marking the function. 9153 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9154 9155 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9156 // a pragma. 9157 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9158 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9159 9160 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9161 // the map of such variables. 9162 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9163 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9164 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9165 9166 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9167 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9168 9169 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9170 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 9171 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 9172 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9173 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9174 } 9175 9176 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9177 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9178 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9179 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9180 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9181 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9182 9183 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9184 } 9185 9186 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9187 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9188 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9189 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9190 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9191 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9192 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9193 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9194 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9195 } 9196 } 9197 9198 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9199 9200 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9201 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9202 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9203 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9204 return FunctionTemplate; 9205 } 9206 9207 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9208 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9209 } 9210 9211 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9212 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9213 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9214 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9215 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9216 D.setInvalidType(); 9217 } 9218 9219 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9220 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9221 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9222 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9223 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9224 : FixItHint()); 9225 D.setInvalidType(); 9226 } 9227 9228 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9229 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9230 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9231 } 9232 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9233 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9234 9235 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9236 // types. 9237 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9238 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9239 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9240 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9241 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9242 D.setInvalidType(); 9243 } 9244 } 9245 } 9246 } 9247 9248 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9249 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9250 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9251 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9252 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9253 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9254 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 9255 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9256 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9257 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9258 AddToScope = false; 9259 } 9260 9261 return NewFD; 9262 } 9263 9264 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9265 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9266 /// 9267 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9268 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9269 /// same declaration name. 9270 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9271 /// belongs to. 9272 /// 9273 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9274 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9275 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9276 // namespace scope. 9277 // 9278 // This allows to compile code like: 9279 // 9280 // void func(); 9281 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9282 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9283 // 9284 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9285 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9286 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9287 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9288 } 9289 9290 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9291 /// 9292 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9293 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9294 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9295 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9296 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9297 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9298 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9299 /// 9300 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9301 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9302 /// previous declaration). 9303 /// 9304 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9305 /// 9306 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9307 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9308 LookupResult &Previous, 9309 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9310 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9311 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9312 9313 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9314 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9315 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9316 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9317 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9318 9319 bool Redeclaration = false; 9320 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9321 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9322 9323 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9324 // the same name, if appropriate. 9325 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9326 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9327 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9328 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9329 // function to the scope. 9330 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9331 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9332 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9333 Redeclaration = true; 9334 OldDecl = Candidate; 9335 } 9336 } else { 9337 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9338 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9339 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9340 case Ovl_Match: 9341 Redeclaration = true; 9342 break; 9343 9344 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9345 Redeclaration = true; 9346 break; 9347 9348 case Ovl_Overload: 9349 Redeclaration = false; 9350 break; 9351 } 9352 } 9353 } 9354 9355 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9356 if (!Redeclaration && 9357 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9358 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9359 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9360 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9361 Redeclaration = true; 9362 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9363 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9364 9365 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9366 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9367 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9368 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9369 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9370 Redeclaration = false; 9371 OldDecl = nullptr; 9372 } 9373 } 9374 } 9375 } 9376 9377 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9378 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9379 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9380 // 9381 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9382 // definition of a static member function. 9383 // 9384 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9385 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9386 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9387 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9388 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9389 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9390 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9391 if (OldDecl) 9392 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9393 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9394 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9395 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9396 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9397 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9398 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9399 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9400 9401 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9402 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9403 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9404 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9405 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9406 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9407 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9408 9409 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9410 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9411 } 9412 } 9413 } 9414 9415 if (Redeclaration) { 9416 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9417 // merged. 9418 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9420 return Redeclaration; 9421 } 9422 9423 Previous.clear(); 9424 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9425 9426 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9427 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9428 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9429 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9430 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9431 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9432 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9433 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9434 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9435 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9436 } 9437 9438 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9439 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9440 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9441 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9442 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9443 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9444 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9445 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9446 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9447 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9448 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9449 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9450 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9451 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9452 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9453 } 9454 } 9455 9456 } else { 9457 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9458 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9459 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9460 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9461 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9462 } 9463 } 9464 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 9465 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9466 assert((Previous.empty() || 9467 llvm::any_of(Previous, 9468 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9469 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9470 })) && 9471 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 9472 9473 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9474 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 9475 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9476 }); 9477 9478 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 9479 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9480 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 9481 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 9482 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 9483 << false; 9484 9485 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9486 } 9487 } 9488 9489 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9490 9491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9492 // C++-specific checks. 9493 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9494 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9495 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9496 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9497 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9498 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9499 9500 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9501 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9502 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9503 DeclarationName Name 9504 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9505 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9506 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9507 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9508 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9509 return Redeclaration; 9510 } 9511 } 9512 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9513 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9514 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9515 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9516 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9517 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9518 9519 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9520 // explicitly specialized. 9521 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9522 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9523 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9524 } 9525 9526 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9527 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9528 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9529 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9530 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9531 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9532 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9533 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9534 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9535 } 9536 } 9537 } 9538 9539 if (Method->isStatic()) 9540 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9541 } 9542 9543 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9544 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9545 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9546 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9547 return Redeclaration; 9548 } 9549 9550 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9551 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9552 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 return Redeclaration; 9555 } 9556 9557 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9558 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9559 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9560 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9561 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9562 9563 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9564 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9565 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9566 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9567 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9568 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9569 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9570 // specification, that's OK. 9571 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9572 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9573 if (!T.isNull() && 9574 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9575 NewFD->getType())) 9576 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9577 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9578 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9579 } 9580 9581 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9582 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9583 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9584 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9585 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9586 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9587 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9588 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9589 << NewFD << R; 9590 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9591 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9592 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9593 } 9594 9595 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9596 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9597 // [is] part of the function type 9598 // 9599 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9600 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9601 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9602 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9603 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9604 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9605 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9606 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9607 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9608 // restricted prior to C++17. 9609 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9610 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9611 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9612 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9613 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9614 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9615 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9616 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9617 return true; 9618 return false; 9619 }; 9620 9621 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9622 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9623 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9624 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9625 if (AnyNoexcept) 9626 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9627 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9628 << NewFD; 9629 } 9630 9631 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9632 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9633 } 9634 return Redeclaration; 9635 } 9636 9637 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9638 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9639 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9640 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9641 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9642 // appear in a declaration of main. 9643 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9644 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9645 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9646 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9647 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9648 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9649 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9650 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9651 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9652 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9653 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9654 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9655 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9656 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9657 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9658 } 9659 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9660 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9661 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9662 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9663 } 9664 9665 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9667 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9668 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9669 return; 9670 } 9671 9672 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9673 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9674 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9675 9676 // Set default calling convention for main() 9677 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 9678 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 9679 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 9680 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 9681 } 9682 9683 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9684 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9685 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9686 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9687 9688 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9689 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9690 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9691 else { 9692 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9693 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9694 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9695 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9696 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9697 } 9698 } else { 9699 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9700 // set the flag which tells us that. 9701 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9702 9703 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9704 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9705 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9706 else { 9707 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9708 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9709 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9710 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9711 : FixItHint()); 9712 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9713 } 9714 } 9715 9716 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9717 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9718 9719 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9720 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9721 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9722 9723 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9724 9725 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9726 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9727 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9728 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9729 } 9730 9731 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9732 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9733 // getting shifty. 9734 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9735 HasExtraParameters = false; 9736 9737 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9738 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9739 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9740 nparams = 3; 9741 } 9742 9743 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9744 // if we had some location information about types. 9745 9746 QualType CharPP = 9747 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9748 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9749 9750 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9751 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9752 9753 bool mismatch = true; 9754 9755 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9756 mismatch = false; 9757 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9758 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9759 // char const ** 9760 // char const * const * 9761 // char * const * 9762 9763 QualifierCollector qs; 9764 const PointerType* PT; 9765 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9766 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9767 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9768 Context.CharTy)) { 9769 qs.removeConst(); 9770 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9771 } 9772 } 9773 9774 if (mismatch) { 9775 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9776 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9777 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9778 } 9779 } 9780 9781 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9782 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9783 } 9784 9785 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9786 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9787 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9788 } 9789 } 9790 9791 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9792 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9793 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9794 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9795 9796 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9797 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9798 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9799 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9800 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9801 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9802 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9803 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9804 9805 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9806 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9807 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9808 } 9809 } 9810 9811 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9812 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9813 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9814 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9815 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9816 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9817 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9818 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9819 // rules there don't matter.) 9820 const Expr *Culprit; 9821 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9822 return false; 9823 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9824 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9825 return true; 9826 } 9827 9828 namespace { 9829 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9830 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9831 class SelfReferenceChecker 9832 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9833 Sema &S; 9834 Decl *OrigDecl; 9835 bool isRecordType; 9836 bool isPODType; 9837 bool isReferenceType; 9838 9839 bool isInitList; 9840 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9841 9842 public: 9843 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9844 9845 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9846 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9847 isPODType = false; 9848 isRecordType = false; 9849 isReferenceType = false; 9850 isInitList = false; 9851 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9852 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9853 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9854 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9855 } 9856 } 9857 9858 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9859 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9860 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9861 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9862 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9863 if (!InitList) { 9864 Visit(E); 9865 return; 9866 } 9867 9868 // Track and increment the index here. 9869 isInitList = true; 9870 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9871 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9872 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9873 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9874 } 9875 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9876 } 9877 9878 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9879 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9880 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9881 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9882 Expr *Base = E; 9883 bool ReferenceField = false; 9884 9885 // Get the field memebers used. 9886 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9887 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9888 if (!FD) 9889 return false; 9890 Fields.push_back(FD); 9891 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9892 ReferenceField = true; 9893 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9894 } 9895 9896 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9897 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9898 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9899 return false; 9900 9901 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9902 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9903 return true; 9904 9905 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9906 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9907 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9908 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9909 9910 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9911 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9912 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9913 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9914 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9915 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9916 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9917 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9918 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9919 return true; 9920 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9921 break; 9922 } 9923 9924 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9925 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9926 return true; 9927 } 9928 9929 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9930 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9931 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9932 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9933 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9934 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9935 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9936 return; 9937 } 9938 9939 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9940 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9941 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9942 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9943 return; 9944 } 9945 9946 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9947 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9948 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9949 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9950 return; 9951 } 9952 9953 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9954 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9955 return; 9956 } 9957 9958 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9959 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9960 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9961 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9962 return; 9963 } 9964 } 9965 9966 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9967 if (isInitList) { 9968 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9969 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9970 return; 9971 } 9972 9973 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9974 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9975 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9976 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9977 return; 9978 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9979 } 9980 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9981 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9982 return; 9983 } 9984 9985 Visit(E); 9986 } 9987 9988 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9989 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9990 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9991 if (isReferenceType) 9992 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9993 } 9994 9995 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9996 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9997 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9998 return; 9999 } 10000 10001 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10002 } 10003 10004 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10005 if (isInitList) { 10006 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10007 return; 10008 } 10009 10010 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10011 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10012 10013 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10014 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10015 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10016 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10017 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10018 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10019 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10020 Warn = false; 10021 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10022 } 10023 10024 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10025 if (Warn) 10026 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10027 return; 10028 } 10029 10030 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10031 // Visit that expression. 10032 Visit(Base); 10033 } 10034 10035 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10036 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10037 10038 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10039 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10040 10041 Visit(Callee); 10042 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10043 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10044 } 10045 10046 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10047 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10048 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10049 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10050 if (!isPODType) 10051 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10052 return; 10053 } 10054 10055 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10056 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10057 return; 10058 } 10059 10060 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10061 } 10062 10063 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10064 10065 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10066 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10067 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10068 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10069 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10070 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10071 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10072 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10073 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10074 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10075 return; 10076 } 10077 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10078 } 10079 10080 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10081 // Treat std::move as a use. 10082 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10083 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10084 return; 10085 } 10086 10087 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10088 } 10089 10090 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10091 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10092 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10093 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10094 return; 10095 } 10096 10097 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10098 } 10099 10100 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10101 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10102 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10103 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10104 Visit(E->getCond()); 10105 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10106 } 10107 10108 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10109 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10110 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10111 unsigned diag; 10112 if (isReferenceType) { 10113 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10114 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10115 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10116 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10117 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10118 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10119 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10120 } else { 10121 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10122 return; 10123 } 10124 10125 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10126 S.PDiag(diag) 10127 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 10128 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10129 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10130 } 10131 }; 10132 10133 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10134 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10135 bool DirectInit) { 10136 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10137 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10138 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10139 return; 10140 10141 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10142 10143 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10144 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10145 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10146 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10147 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10148 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10149 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10150 return; 10151 10152 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10153 } 10154 } // end anonymous namespace 10155 10156 namespace { 10157 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10158 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10159 struct VarDeclOrName { 10160 VarDecl *VDecl; 10161 DeclarationName Name; 10162 10163 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10164 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10165 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10166 } 10167 }; 10168 } // end anonymous namespace 10169 10170 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10171 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10172 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10173 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10174 Expr *Init) { 10175 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10176 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10177 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10178 10179 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10180 10181 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10182 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10183 10184 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10185 if (!Init) { 10186 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10187 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10188 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10189 return QualType(); 10190 } 10191 10192 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 10193 if (DirectInit) { 10194 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10195 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10196 } 10197 10198 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10199 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10200 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10201 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10202 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10203 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10204 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10205 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10206 InitsCopy); 10207 } 10208 10209 if (DirectInit) { 10210 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10211 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10212 } 10213 10214 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10215 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10216 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10217 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10218 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10219 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10220 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10221 << VN << Type << Range; 10222 return QualType(); 10223 } 10224 10225 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10226 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10227 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10228 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10229 << VN << Type << Range; 10230 return QualType(); 10231 } 10232 10233 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10234 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10235 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10236 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10237 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10238 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10239 return QualType(); 10240 } 10241 10242 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10243 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10244 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10245 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10246 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10247 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10248 return QualType(); 10249 } 10250 Init = Result.get(); 10251 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10252 } 10253 10254 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10255 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10256 // is present, e has type cv A 10257 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10258 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10259 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10260 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10261 Type.getQualifiers()); 10262 10263 QualType DeducedType; 10264 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10265 if (!IsInitCapture) 10266 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10267 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10268 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10269 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10270 << VN 10271 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10272 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10273 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10274 else 10275 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10276 << VN << TSI->getType() 10277 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10278 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10279 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10280 } 10281 10282 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10283 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10284 // checks. 10285 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10286 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10287 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10288 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10289 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10290 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10291 } 10292 10293 return DeducedType; 10294 } 10295 10296 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10297 Expr *Init) { 10298 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10299 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10300 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10301 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10302 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 return true; 10304 } 10305 10306 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10307 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10308 10309 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10310 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10311 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10312 10313 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10314 // the previously declared type. 10315 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10316 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10317 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10318 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10319 } 10320 10321 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10322 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10323 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10324 } 10325 10326 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10327 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10328 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10329 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10330 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10331 // the initializer. 10332 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10333 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10334 return; 10335 } 10336 10337 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10338 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10339 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10340 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10341 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10342 return; 10343 } 10344 10345 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10346 if (!VDecl) { 10347 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10348 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10349 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10350 return; 10351 } 10352 10353 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10354 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10355 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10356 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10357 // TypoExpr. 10358 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10359 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10360 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10361 return; 10362 } 10363 Init = Res.get(); 10364 10365 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10366 return; 10367 } 10368 10369 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10370 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10371 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10373 return; 10374 } 10375 10376 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10377 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10378 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10379 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10380 return; 10381 } 10382 10383 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10384 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10385 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10386 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10387 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10388 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10389 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10390 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10391 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10392 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10393 return; 10394 } 10395 10396 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10397 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10398 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10399 AbstractVariableType)) 10400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10401 } 10402 10403 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10404 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10405 // handle the situation. 10406 VarDecl *Def; 10407 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10408 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10409 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10410 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10411 return; 10412 10413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10414 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10415 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10416 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10417 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10418 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10419 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10420 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10421 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10422 // 10423 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10424 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10425 // declaration with an initializer. 10426 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10427 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10428 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10429 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10430 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10431 << 0; 10432 return; 10433 } 10434 10435 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10436 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10437 10438 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10439 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10440 return; 10441 } 10442 } 10443 10444 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10445 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10446 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10448 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10449 return; 10450 } 10451 10452 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10453 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10454 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10455 10456 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10457 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10458 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10459 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10460 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10461 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10462 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10463 return; 10464 } 10465 Init = Result.get(); 10466 } 10467 10468 // Perform the initialization. 10469 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10470 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10471 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10472 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10473 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10474 10475 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10476 if (CXXDirectInit) 10477 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10478 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10479 10480 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10481 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10482 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10483 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10484 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10485 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10486 }); 10487 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10488 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10489 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10490 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10491 } 10492 } 10493 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10494 return; 10495 10496 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10497 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10498 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10499 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10500 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10501 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10502 return; 10503 } 10504 10505 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10506 } 10507 10508 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10509 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10510 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10511 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10512 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10513 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10514 } 10515 10516 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10517 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10518 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10519 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10520 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10521 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10522 10523 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10524 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10525 10526 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10527 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10528 10529 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10530 // Although this code can still have problems: 10531 // id x = self.weakProp; 10532 // id y = self.weakProp; 10533 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10534 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10535 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10536 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10537 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10538 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10539 Init->getLocStart())) 10540 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10541 } 10542 10543 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10544 // 10545 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10546 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10547 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10548 // 10549 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10550 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10551 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10552 // 10553 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10554 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10555 false, 10556 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10557 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10558 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10559 return; 10560 } 10561 Init = Result.get(); 10562 10563 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10564 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10565 10566 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10567 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10568 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10569 // do nothing 10570 10571 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10572 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10573 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10574 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10575 10576 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10577 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10578 // do nothing 10579 10580 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10581 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10582 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10583 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10584 10585 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10586 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10587 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10588 // constant expressions. 10589 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10590 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10591 const Expr *Culprit; 10592 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10593 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10594 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10595 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10596 } 10597 } 10598 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10599 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10600 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10601 // 10602 // struct S { 10603 // static const int value = 17; 10604 // }; 10605 10606 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10607 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10608 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10609 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10610 // 10611 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10612 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10613 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10614 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10615 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10616 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10617 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10618 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10619 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10620 10621 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10622 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10623 10624 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10625 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10626 // type. 10627 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10628 10629 // Require constness. 10630 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10631 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10632 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10633 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10634 10635 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10636 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10637 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10638 SourceLocation Loc; 10639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10640 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10641 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10642 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10643 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10644 ; // Nothing to check. 10645 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10646 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10647 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10648 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10649 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10650 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10651 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10652 } else { 10653 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10654 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10656 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10657 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10658 } 10659 10660 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10661 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10662 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10663 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10665 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10666 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10667 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10668 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10669 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10670 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10671 } else { 10672 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10673 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10674 10675 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10676 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10677 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10679 } 10680 } 10681 10682 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10683 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10684 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10685 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10686 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10687 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10688 10689 } else { 10690 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10691 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10693 } 10694 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10695 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10696 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10697 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10698 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10699 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10700 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10701 // C++ rules. 10702 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10703 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10704 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10705 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10706 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10707 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10708 10709 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10710 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10711 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10712 } 10713 10714 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10715 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10716 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10717 // 10718 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10719 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10720 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10721 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10722 // special case code. 10723 10724 // C++ 8.5p11: 10725 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10726 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10727 // class type. 10728 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10729 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10730 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10731 } else if (DirectInit) { 10732 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10733 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10734 } 10735 10736 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10737 } 10738 10739 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10740 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10741 /// of sanity. 10742 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10743 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10744 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10745 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10746 10747 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10748 if (!VD) return; 10749 10750 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10751 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10752 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10753 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10754 10755 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10756 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10757 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10758 return; 10759 } 10760 10761 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10762 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10763 10764 // Require a complete type. 10765 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10766 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10767 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10768 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10769 return; 10770 } 10771 10772 // Require a non-abstract type. 10773 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10774 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10775 AbstractVariableType)) { 10776 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10777 return; 10778 } 10779 10780 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10781 // though. 10782 } 10783 10784 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10785 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10786 if (!RealDecl) 10787 return; 10788 10789 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10790 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10791 10792 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10793 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10794 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10795 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10796 return; 10797 } 10798 10799 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10800 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10801 return; 10802 10803 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10804 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10805 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10806 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10807 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10808 // member. 10809 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10810 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10811 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10812 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10813 // a definition there. 10814 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10815 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10816 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10817 << Var->getDeclName(); 10818 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10819 return; 10820 } 10821 } else { 10822 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10823 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 return; 10825 } 10826 } 10827 10828 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10829 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10830 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10831 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10832 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10834 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10835 return; 10836 } 10837 } 10838 10839 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10840 // be initialized. 10841 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10842 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10843 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10844 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10846 return; 10847 } 10848 10849 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10850 case VarDecl::Definition: 10851 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10852 break; 10853 10854 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10855 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10856 // a declaration. 10857 // 10858 // Fall through 10859 10860 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10861 // It's only a declaration. 10862 10863 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10864 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10865 // object shall be complete. 10866 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10867 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10868 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10869 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10870 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10871 10872 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10873 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10874 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10875 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10876 AbstractVariableType)) 10877 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10878 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10879 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10880 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10881 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10882 } 10883 10884 return; 10885 10886 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10887 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10888 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10889 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10890 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10891 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10892 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10893 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10894 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10895 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10896 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10897 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10898 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10899 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10900 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10901 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10902 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10903 // NOTE: code such as the following 10904 // static struct s; 10905 // struct s { int a; }; 10906 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10907 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10908 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10909 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10910 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10911 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10912 } 10913 } 10914 10915 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10916 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10917 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10918 return; 10919 } 10920 10921 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10922 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10923 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10924 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10925 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10926 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10927 return; 10928 } 10929 10930 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10931 // definitions with reference type. 10932 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10933 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10934 << Var->getDeclName() 10935 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10936 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10937 return; 10938 } 10939 10940 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10941 // variable with dependent type. 10942 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10943 return; 10944 10945 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10946 return; 10947 10948 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10949 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10950 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10951 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10952 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10953 return; 10954 } 10955 } else { 10956 return; 10957 } 10958 10959 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10960 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10961 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10962 AbstractVariableType)) { 10963 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10964 return; 10965 } 10966 10967 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10968 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10969 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10970 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10971 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10972 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10973 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10974 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10975 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10976 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10978 if (const RecordType *Record 10979 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10980 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10981 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10982 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10983 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10984 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10985 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10986 } 10987 } 10988 10989 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10990 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10991 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10992 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10993 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10994 // type shall have a user-declared default 10995 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10996 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10997 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10998 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10999 // program is ill-formed. 11000 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 11001 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 11002 // default-initialized; [...]. 11003 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 11004 InitializationKind Kind 11005 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 11006 11007 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11008 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11009 if (Init.isInvalid()) 11010 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11011 else if (Init.get()) { 11012 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 11013 // This is important for template substitution. 11014 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11015 } 11016 11017 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 11018 } 11019 } 11020 11021 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 11022 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 11023 if (!D) 11024 return; 11025 11026 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11027 if (!VD) { 11028 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 11029 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11030 return; 11031 } 11032 11033 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11034 11035 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 11036 int Error = -1; 11037 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 11038 case SC_None: 11039 break; 11040 case SC_Extern: 11041 Error = 0; 11042 break; 11043 case SC_Static: 11044 Error = 1; 11045 break; 11046 case SC_PrivateExtern: 11047 Error = 2; 11048 break; 11049 case SC_Auto: 11050 Error = 3; 11051 break; 11052 case SC_Register: 11053 Error = 4; 11054 break; 11055 } 11056 if (Error != -1) { 11057 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 11058 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 11059 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11060 } 11061 } 11062 11063 StmtResult 11064 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 11065 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 11066 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 11067 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 11068 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 11069 // A range-based for statement of the form 11070 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11071 // is equivalent to 11072 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11073 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11074 11075 const char *PrevSpec; 11076 unsigned DiagID; 11077 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 11078 getPrintingPolicy()); 11079 11080 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 11081 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 11082 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 11083 11084 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11085 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 11086 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 11087 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 11088 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11089 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11090 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11091 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11092 } 11093 11094 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11095 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11096 11097 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11098 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11099 // initialiser 11100 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11101 !var->hasInit()) { 11102 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11103 << 1 /*Init*/; 11104 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11105 return; 11106 } 11107 } 11108 11109 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11110 // local retaining variable. 11111 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11112 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11113 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11114 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11115 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11116 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11117 break; 11118 11119 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11120 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11121 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11122 break; 11123 } 11124 } 11125 11126 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11127 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11128 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11129 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11130 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11131 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11132 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11133 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11134 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11135 var->getLocation())) { 11136 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11137 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11138 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11139 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11140 11141 if (!prev) 11142 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11143 } 11144 11145 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11146 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11147 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11148 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11149 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11150 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11151 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11152 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11153 }; 11154 11155 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11156 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11157 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11158 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11159 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11160 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11162 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11163 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11164 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11165 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11166 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11167 // initialization. 11168 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11169 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11170 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11171 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11172 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11173 } 11174 } 11175 } 11176 11177 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11178 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11179 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11180 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11181 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11182 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11183 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11184 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11185 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11186 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11187 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11188 } else { 11189 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11190 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11191 } 11192 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11193 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11194 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11195 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11196 } 11197 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11198 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11199 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11200 11201 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11202 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11203 // attribute. 11204 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11205 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11206 CurInitSegLoc)); 11207 } 11208 11209 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11210 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11211 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11212 // current module. 11213 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11214 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11215 return; 11216 } 11217 11218 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11219 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11220 11221 QualType type = var->getType(); 11222 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11223 11224 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11225 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11226 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11227 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11228 11229 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11230 // constructing this copy. 11231 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11232 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11233 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11234 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11235 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11236 ExprResult result 11237 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11238 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11239 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11240 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11241 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11242 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11243 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11244 } 11245 } 11246 } 11247 11248 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11249 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11250 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11251 11252 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11253 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11254 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11255 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11256 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11257 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11258 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11259 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11260 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11261 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11262 Notes.clear(); 11263 } 11264 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11265 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11266 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11267 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11268 } 11269 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11270 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11271 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11272 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11273 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11274 } 11275 11276 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11277 // were just diagnosed. 11278 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11279 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11280 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11281 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11282 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11283 if (DiagErr) { 11284 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11285 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11286 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11287 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11288 << attr->getRange(); 11289 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11290 APValue Value; 11291 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11292 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11293 for (auto &it : Notes) 11294 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11295 } else { 11296 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11297 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11298 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11299 } 11300 } 11301 } 11302 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11303 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11304 var->getLocation())) { 11305 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11306 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11307 // warned about them. 11308 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11309 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11310 if (!checkConstInit()) 11311 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11312 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11313 } 11314 } 11315 } 11316 11317 // Require the destructor. 11318 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11319 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11320 11321 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11322 // module. 11323 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11324 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11325 } 11326 11327 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11328 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11329 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11330 return true; 11331 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11332 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11333 return true; 11334 return false; 11335 } 11336 11337 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11338 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11339 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11340 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11341 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11342 11343 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11344 if (!VD) 11345 return; 11346 11347 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11348 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11349 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11350 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11351 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11352 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11353 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11354 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11355 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11356 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11357 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11358 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11359 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11360 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11361 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11362 } 11363 11364 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11365 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11366 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11367 } 11368 } 11369 11370 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11371 11372 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11373 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11374 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11375 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11376 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11377 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11378 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11379 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11380 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11381 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11382 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11383 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11384 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11385 } 11386 } 11387 } 11388 11389 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11390 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11391 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11392 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11393 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11394 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11395 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11396 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11397 } 11398 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11399 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11400 // static storage class. 11401 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11402 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11403 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11404 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11405 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11406 } 11407 } 11408 11409 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11410 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11411 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11412 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11413 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11414 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11415 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11416 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11417 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11418 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11419 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11420 bool AllowedInit = false; 11421 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11422 AllowedInit = 11423 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11424 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11425 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11426 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11427 if (!AllowedInit && 11428 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11429 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11430 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11431 11432 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11433 if (AllowedInit) 11434 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11435 AllowedInit = 11436 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11437 11438 if (!AllowedInit) { 11439 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11440 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11441 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11442 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11443 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11444 } 11445 } else { 11446 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11447 // callable from the host side. 11448 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11449 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11450 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11451 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11452 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11453 } 11454 if (InitFn) { 11455 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11456 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11457 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11458 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11459 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11460 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11461 } 11462 } 11463 } 11464 } 11465 } 11466 11467 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11468 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11469 11470 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11471 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11472 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11473 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11474 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11475 // with a warning. 11476 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11477 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11478 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11479 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11480 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11481 11482 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11483 IsClassTemplateMember 11484 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11485 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11486 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11487 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11488 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11489 } 11490 } 11491 11492 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11493 // isn't exported with the variable. 11494 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11495 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11496 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11497 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11498 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11499 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11500 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11501 } else { 11502 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11503 << DLLAttr; 11504 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11505 } 11506 } 11507 11508 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11509 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11510 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11511 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11512 } 11513 } 11514 11515 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11516 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11517 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11518 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11519 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11520 11521 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11522 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11523 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11524 11525 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11526 // tag values. 11527 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11528 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11529 return; 11530 11531 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11532 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11533 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11534 continue; 11535 } 11536 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11537 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11538 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11539 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11540 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11541 continue; 11542 } 11543 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11544 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11545 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11546 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11547 continue; 11548 } 11549 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11550 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11551 MagicValue, 11552 I->getMatchingCType(), 11553 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11554 I->getMustBeNull()); 11555 } 11556 } 11557 11558 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11559 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11560 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11561 } 11562 11563 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11564 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11565 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11566 11567 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11568 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11569 11570 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11571 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11572 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11573 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11574 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11575 11576 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11577 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11578 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11579 // to perform. 11580 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11581 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11582 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11583 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11584 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11585 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11586 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11587 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11588 11589 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11590 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11591 // declaration in the same group. 11592 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11593 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11594 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11595 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11596 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11597 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11598 } 11599 11600 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11601 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11602 // declarator in the same group. 11603 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11604 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11605 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11606 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11607 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11608 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11609 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11610 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11611 } 11612 } 11613 } 11614 11615 Decls.push_back(D); 11616 } 11617 } 11618 11619 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11620 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11621 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11622 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11623 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11624 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11625 } 11626 } 11627 11628 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11629 } 11630 11631 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11632 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11633 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11634 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11635 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11636 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11637 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11638 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11639 QualType Deduced; 11640 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11641 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11642 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11643 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11644 break; 11645 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11646 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11647 continue; 11648 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11649 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11650 DeducedDecl = D; 11651 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11652 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11653 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11654 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11655 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11656 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11657 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11658 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11659 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11660 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11661 break; 11662 } 11663 } 11664 } 11665 11666 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11667 11668 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11669 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11670 } 11671 11672 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11673 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11674 } 11675 11676 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11677 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11678 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11679 return; 11680 11681 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11682 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11683 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11684 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11685 return; 11686 11687 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11688 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11689 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11690 // additional declaration references: 11691 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11692 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11693 // 'struct S *pS;' 11694 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11695 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11696 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11697 Group = Group.slice(1); 11698 } 11699 } 11700 11701 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11702 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11703 if (!Comments.empty() && 11704 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11705 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11706 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11707 // 11708 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11709 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11710 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11711 // ahead through comments. 11712 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11713 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11714 } 11715 } 11716 11717 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11718 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11719 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11720 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11721 11722 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11723 11724 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11725 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11726 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11727 SC = SC_Register; 11728 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 11729 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 11730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11731 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11732 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 11733 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 11734 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 11735 } 11736 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11737 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11738 SC = SC_Auto; 11739 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11740 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11741 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11742 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11743 } 11744 11745 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11746 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11747 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11748 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11749 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11750 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11751 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11752 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11753 << 0; 11754 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11755 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11756 11757 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11758 11759 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11760 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11761 11762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11763 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11764 // parameter. 11765 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11766 11767 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11768 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11770 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11771 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11772 } 11773 } 11774 11775 // Ensure we have a valid name 11776 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11777 if (D.hasName()) { 11778 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11779 if (!II) { 11780 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11781 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11782 D.setInvalidType(true); 11783 } 11784 } 11785 11786 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11787 if (II) { 11788 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11789 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 11790 LookupName(R, S); 11791 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11792 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11793 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11794 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11795 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11796 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11797 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11798 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11799 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11800 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11801 11802 // Recover by removing the name 11803 II = nullptr; 11804 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11805 D.setInvalidType(true); 11806 } 11807 } 11808 } 11809 11810 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11811 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11812 // looking like class members in C++. 11813 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11814 D.getLocStart(), 11815 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11816 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11817 SC); 11818 11819 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11820 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11821 11822 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11823 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11824 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11825 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11826 11827 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11828 S->AddDecl(New); 11829 if (II) 11830 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11831 11832 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11833 11834 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11836 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11837 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11838 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11839 11840 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11841 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11842 } 11843 return New; 11844 } 11845 11846 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11847 /// typedef. 11848 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11849 SourceLocation Loc, 11850 QualType T) { 11851 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11852 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11853 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11854 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11855 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11856 SC_None, nullptr); 11857 Param->setImplicit(); 11858 return Param; 11859 } 11860 11861 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11862 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11863 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11864 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11865 return; 11866 11867 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11868 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11869 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11870 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11871 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11872 } 11873 } 11874 } 11875 11876 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11877 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11878 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11879 return; 11880 11881 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11882 // threshold. 11883 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11884 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11885 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11886 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11887 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11888 } 11889 11890 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11891 // threshold. 11892 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11893 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11894 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11895 continue; 11896 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11897 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11898 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11899 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11900 } 11901 } 11902 11903 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11904 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11905 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11906 StorageClass SC) { 11907 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11908 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11909 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11910 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11911 11912 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11913 11914 // Special cases for arrays: 11915 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11916 // - otherwise, it's an error 11917 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11918 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11919 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11920 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11921 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11922 } 11923 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11924 } else { 11925 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11926 } 11927 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11928 } 11929 11930 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11931 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11932 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11933 11934 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11935 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11936 // the class has been completely parsed. 11937 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11938 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11939 AbstractParamType)) 11940 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11941 11942 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11943 // passed by reference. 11944 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11945 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11946 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11947 Diag(NameLoc, 11948 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11949 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11950 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11951 New->setType(T); 11952 } 11953 11954 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11955 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11956 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11957 // an address space. 11958 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 11959 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11960 // to be qualified with an address space. 11961 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 11962 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 11963 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11964 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11965 } 11966 11967 return New; 11968 } 11969 11970 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11971 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11972 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11973 11974 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11975 // for a K&R function. 11976 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11977 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11978 --i; 11979 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11980 SmallString<256> Code; 11981 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11982 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11983 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11984 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11985 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11986 11987 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11988 // type. 11989 AttributeFactory attrs; 11990 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11991 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11992 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11993 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11994 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11995 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11996 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11997 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11998 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11999 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12000 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 12001 } 12002 } 12003 } 12004 } 12005 12006 Decl * 12007 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 12008 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12009 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12010 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 12011 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 12012 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 12013 12014 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 12015 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 12016 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 12017 } 12018 12019 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 12020 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 12021 } 12022 12023 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 12024 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12025 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 12026 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12027 return false; 12028 12029 // Or declarations that aren't global. 12030 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 12031 return false; 12032 12033 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 12034 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 12035 return false; 12036 12037 // Don't warn about 'main'. 12038 if (FD->isMain()) 12039 return false; 12040 12041 // Don't warn about inline functions. 12042 if (FD->isInlined()) 12043 return false; 12044 12045 // Don't warn about function templates. 12046 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12047 return false; 12048 12049 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 12050 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 12051 return false; 12052 12053 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 12054 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 12055 return false; 12056 12057 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 12058 if (FD->isDeleted()) 12059 return false; 12060 12061 bool MissingPrototype = true; 12062 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 12063 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 12064 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 12065 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 12066 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12067 continue; 12068 12069 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 12070 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 12071 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 12072 break; 12073 } 12074 12075 return MissingPrototype; 12076 } 12077 12078 void 12079 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 12080 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 12081 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12082 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 12083 if (!Definition) 12084 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 12085 return; 12086 12087 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 12088 return; 12089 12090 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 12091 // definition. 12092 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 12093 return; 12094 12095 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 12096 // a template, skip the new definition. 12097 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12098 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12099 Definition->isInlined() || 12100 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12101 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12102 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12103 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12104 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12105 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12106 return; 12107 } 12108 12109 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12110 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12111 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12112 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12113 else 12114 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12115 12116 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12117 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12118 } 12119 12120 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12121 Sema &S) { 12122 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12123 12124 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12125 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12126 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12127 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12128 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12129 12130 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12131 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12132 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12133 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12134 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12135 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12136 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12137 12138 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12139 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12140 12141 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12142 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12143 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12144 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12145 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12146 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12147 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12148 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12149 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12150 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12151 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12152 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12153 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12154 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12155 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12156 12157 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12158 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12159 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12160 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12161 } else { 12162 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12163 } 12164 ++I; 12165 } 12166 } 12167 12168 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12169 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12170 if (!D) 12171 return D; 12172 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12173 12174 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12175 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12176 else 12177 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12178 12179 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12180 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12181 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12182 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12183 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12184 } 12185 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12186 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12187 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12188 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12189 } 12190 12191 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12192 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12193 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12194 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12195 12196 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12197 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12198 return D; 12199 } 12200 12201 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12202 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12203 // this function. 12204 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12205 12206 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12207 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12208 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12209 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12210 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12211 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12212 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12213 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12214 // have the LSI properly restored. 12215 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12216 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12217 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12218 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12219 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12220 } else { 12221 // Enter a new function scope 12222 PushFunctionScope(); 12223 } 12224 12225 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12226 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12227 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12228 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12230 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12231 } 12232 } 12233 12234 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12235 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12236 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12237 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12238 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12239 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12240 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12241 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12242 12243 if (FnBodyScope) 12244 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12245 12246 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12247 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12248 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12249 12250 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12251 // scope. 12252 if (FnBodyScope) { 12253 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12254 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12255 if (!NonParmDecl) 12256 continue; 12257 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12258 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12259 12260 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12261 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12262 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12263 12264 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12265 // accessible in this scope. 12266 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12267 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12268 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12269 } 12270 } 12271 } 12272 12273 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12274 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12275 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12276 12277 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12278 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12279 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12280 12281 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12282 } 12283 } 12284 12285 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12286 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12287 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12288 12289 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12290 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12291 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12292 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12293 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12294 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12295 return D; 12296 } 12297 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12298 // a function template). 12299 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12300 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12301 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12302 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12303 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12304 12305 return D; 12306 } 12307 12308 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12309 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12310 /// optimization. 12311 /// 12312 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12313 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12314 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12315 /// use the named return value optimization. 12316 /// 12317 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12318 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12319 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12320 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12321 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12322 12323 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12324 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12325 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12326 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12327 } 12328 } 12329 } 12330 12331 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12332 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12334 return false; 12335 12336 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12337 // return type (yet). 12338 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12339 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12340 // we can still delay parsing it. 12341 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12342 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12343 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12344 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12345 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12346 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12347 } 12348 } 12349 return false; 12350 } 12351 12352 return true; 12353 } 12354 12355 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12356 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12357 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12358 // rest of the file. 12359 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12360 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12361 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12362 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12363 return false; 12364 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12365 } 12366 12367 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12368 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12369 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12370 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12371 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12372 return Decl; 12373 } 12374 12375 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12376 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12377 } 12378 12379 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12380 bool IsInstantiation) { 12381 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12382 12383 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12384 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12385 12386 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12387 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12388 12389 if (FD) { 12390 FD->setBody(Body); 12391 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 12392 12393 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12394 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12395 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12396 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12397 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12398 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12399 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12400 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12401 << FD->getReturnType(); 12402 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12403 } else { 12404 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12405 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12406 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12407 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12408 } 12409 } 12410 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12411 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12412 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12413 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12414 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12415 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12416 12417 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12418 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12419 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12420 QualType RetType = 12421 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12422 12423 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12424 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12425 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12426 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12427 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12428 } 12429 } 12430 12431 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12432 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12433 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12434 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12435 12436 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12437 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12438 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12439 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12440 12441 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12442 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12443 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12444 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12445 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12446 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12447 12448 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12449 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12450 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12451 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12452 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12453 12454 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12455 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12456 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12458 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12459 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12460 } 12461 12462 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12463 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12464 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12465 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12466 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12467 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12468 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12470 12471 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12472 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12473 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12474 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12475 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12476 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12477 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12478 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12479 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12480 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12481 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12482 } 12483 } 12484 12485 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12486 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12487 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12488 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12489 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12490 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12491 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12492 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12493 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12494 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12495 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12496 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12497 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12498 } 12499 } 12500 12501 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12502 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12503 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12504 MD->isVirtual() && 12505 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12506 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12507 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12508 if (FD->isInlined() && 12509 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12510 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12511 12512 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12513 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12514 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12515 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12516 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12517 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12518 } else { 12519 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12520 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12521 } 12522 } 12523 } 12524 12525 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12526 "Function parsing confused"); 12527 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12528 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12529 MD->setBody(Body); 12530 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12531 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12532 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12533 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12534 12535 if (Body) 12536 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12537 } 12538 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12539 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12540 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12541 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12542 } 12543 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12544 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12545 bool isDesignated = 12546 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12547 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12548 (void)isDesignated; 12549 12550 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12551 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12552 if (!IFace) 12553 return false; 12554 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12555 if (!SuperD) 12556 return false; 12557 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12558 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12559 }; 12560 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12561 // of NSObject. 12562 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12563 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12564 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12565 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12566 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12567 } 12568 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12569 } 12570 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12571 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12572 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12573 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12574 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12575 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12576 } 12577 } else { 12578 return nullptr; 12579 } 12580 12581 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12582 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12583 12584 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12585 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12586 "handled in the block above."); 12587 12588 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12589 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12590 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12591 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12592 // Verify this. 12593 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12594 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12595 12596 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12597 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12598 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12599 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12600 12601 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12602 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12603 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12604 12605 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12606 Destructor->getParent()); 12607 } 12608 12609 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12610 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12611 // deletion in some later function. 12612 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12613 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12614 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12615 } 12616 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12617 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12618 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12619 // enabled. 12620 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12621 } 12622 12623 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12624 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12625 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12626 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12627 12628 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12629 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12630 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12631 // require prologue. 12632 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12633 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12634 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12635 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12636 RegisterVariables = 12637 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12638 if (!RegisterVariables) 12639 break; 12640 } 12641 } 12642 } 12643 if (RegisterVariables) 12644 continue; 12645 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12646 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12647 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12648 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12649 break; 12650 } 12651 } 12652 } 12653 12654 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12655 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12656 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12657 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12658 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12659 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12660 } 12661 12662 if (!IsInstantiation) 12663 PopDeclContext(); 12664 12665 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12666 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12667 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12668 // deletion in some later function. 12669 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12670 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12671 } 12672 12673 return dcl; 12674 } 12675 12676 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12677 /// relevant Decl. 12678 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12679 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12680 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12681 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12682 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12683 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12684 12685 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12686 if (Method->isStatic()) 12687 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12688 } 12689 12690 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12691 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12692 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12693 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12694 Scope *BlockScope = S; 12695 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 12696 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 12697 12698 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12699 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12700 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12701 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12702 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 12703 if (ExternCPrev) { 12704 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 12705 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 12706 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 12707 12708 // C89 footnote 38: 12709 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 12710 // the behavior is undefined. 12711 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 12712 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 12713 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 12714 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 12715 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 12716 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 12717 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12718 return ExternCPrev; 12719 } 12720 } 12721 12722 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12723 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12724 unsigned diag_id; 12725 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12726 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12727 else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12728 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12729 else 12730 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12731 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL; 12732 12733 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 12734 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 12735 // more to do. 12736 if (ExternCPrev) 12737 return ExternCPrev; 12738 12739 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12740 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12741 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12742 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12743 if (S && 12744 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12745 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12746 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12747 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12748 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12749 } 12750 12751 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12752 const char *Dummy; 12753 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12754 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12755 unsigned DiagID; 12756 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12757 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12758 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12759 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12760 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12761 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12762 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12763 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12764 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12765 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12766 /*NumParams=*/0, 12767 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12768 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12769 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12770 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12771 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12772 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12773 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12774 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12775 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12776 EST_None, 12777 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12778 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12779 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12780 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12781 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12782 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12783 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12784 Loc, Loc, D), 12785 DS.getAttributes(), 12786 SourceLocation()); 12787 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12788 12789 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 12790 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 12791 FD->setImplicit(); 12792 12793 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12794 12795 return FD; 12796 } 12797 12798 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12799 /// the declaration of this function. 12800 /// 12801 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12802 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12803 /// like NSLog or printf. 12804 /// 12805 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12806 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12807 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12808 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12809 return; 12810 12811 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12812 // actual attributes. 12813 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12814 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12815 unsigned FormatIdx; 12816 bool HasVAListArg; 12817 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12818 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12819 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12820 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12821 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12822 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12823 fmt = "NSString"; 12824 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12825 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12826 FormatIdx+1, 12827 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12828 FD->getLocation())); 12829 } 12830 } 12831 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12832 HasVAListArg)) { 12833 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12834 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12835 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12836 FormatIdx+1, 12837 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12838 FD->getLocation())); 12839 } 12840 12841 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12842 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12843 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12844 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12845 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12846 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12847 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12848 } 12849 12850 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12851 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12852 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12853 FD->getLocation())); 12854 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12855 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12856 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12857 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12858 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12859 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12860 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12861 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12862 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12863 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12864 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12865 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12866 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12867 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12868 else 12869 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12870 } 12871 } 12872 12873 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12874 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12875 // across. 12876 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12877 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12878 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12879 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12880 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12881 } 12882 12883 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12884 if (!Name) 12885 return; 12886 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12887 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12888 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12889 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12890 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12891 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12892 // about. 12893 } else 12894 return; 12895 12896 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12897 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12898 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12899 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12900 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12901 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12902 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12903 FD->getLocation())); 12904 } 12905 12906 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12907 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12908 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12909 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12910 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12911 FD->getLocation())); 12912 } 12913 } 12914 12915 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12916 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12917 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12918 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12919 12920 if (!TInfo) { 12921 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12922 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12923 } 12924 12925 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12926 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12927 D.getLocStart(), 12928 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12929 D.getIdentifier(), 12930 TInfo); 12931 12932 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12933 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12934 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12935 return NewTD; 12936 } 12937 12938 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12939 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12940 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12941 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12942 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12944 else 12945 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12946 } 12947 12948 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12949 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12950 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12951 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12952 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12953 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12954 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12955 case TST_enum: 12956 case TST_struct: 12957 case TST_interface: 12958 case TST_union: 12959 case TST_class: { 12960 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12961 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12962 break; 12963 } 12964 12965 default: 12966 break; 12967 } 12968 12969 return NewTD; 12970 } 12971 12972 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12973 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12974 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12975 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12976 12977 if (T->isDependentType()) 12978 return false; 12979 12980 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12981 if (BT->isInteger()) 12982 return false; 12983 12984 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12985 return true; 12986 } 12987 12988 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12989 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12990 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12991 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12992 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12993 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12994 12995 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12996 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12997 << Prev->isScoped(); 12998 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12999 return true; 13000 } 13001 13002 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 13003 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 13004 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 13005 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 13006 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 13007 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 13008 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 13009 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 13010 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 13011 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 13012 return true; 13013 } 13014 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 13015 ; 13016 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 13017 ; 13018 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 13019 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 13020 << Prev->isFixed(); 13021 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13022 return true; 13023 } 13024 13025 return false; 13026 } 13027 13028 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 13029 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 13030 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 13031 /// 13032 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 13033 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 13034 switch (Tag) { 13035 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 13036 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 13037 case TTK_Class: return 2; 13038 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 13039 } 13040 } 13041 13042 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 13043 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 13044 /// 13045 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 13046 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 13047 { 13048 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 13049 } 13050 13051 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 13052 TagTypeKind TTK) { 13053 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13054 return NTK_Typedef; 13055 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13056 return NTK_TypeAlias; 13057 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13058 return NTK_Template; 13059 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13060 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 13061 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13062 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 13063 switch (TTK) { 13064 case TTK_Struct: 13065 case TTK_Interface: 13066 case TTK_Class: 13067 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 13068 case TTK_Union: 13069 return NTK_NonUnion; 13070 case TTK_Enum: 13071 return NTK_NonEnum; 13072 } 13073 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 13074 } 13075 13076 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 13077 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 13078 /// 13079 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 13080 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 13081 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 13082 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 13083 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 13084 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 13085 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 13086 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 13087 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 13088 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 13089 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 13090 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 13091 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 13092 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 13093 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 13094 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 13095 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 13096 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 13097 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 13098 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13099 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13100 return true; 13101 13102 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13103 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13104 bool isTemplate = false; 13105 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13106 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13107 13108 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13109 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13110 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13111 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13112 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13113 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13114 return true; 13115 } 13116 13117 if (isDefinition) { 13118 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13119 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13120 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13121 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13122 return true; 13123 } 13124 13125 bool previousMismatch = false; 13126 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13127 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13128 if (!previousMismatch) { 13129 previousMismatch = true; 13130 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13131 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13132 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13133 } 13134 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13135 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13136 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13137 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13138 } 13139 } 13140 return true; 13141 } 13142 13143 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13144 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13145 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13146 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13147 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13148 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13149 return true; 13150 } 13151 13152 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13153 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13154 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13155 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13156 13157 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13158 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13159 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13160 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13161 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13162 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13163 } 13164 13165 return true; 13166 } 13167 return false; 13168 } 13169 13170 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13171 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13172 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13173 /// namespace N { 13174 /// struct X; 13175 /// namespace M { 13176 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13177 /// } 13178 /// } 13179 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13180 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13181 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13182 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13183 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13184 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13185 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13186 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13187 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13188 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13189 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13190 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13191 return FixItHint(); 13192 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13193 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13194 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13195 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13196 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13197 break; 13198 } 13199 13200 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13201 // build an NNS. 13202 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13203 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13204 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13205 OS << "::"; 13206 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13207 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13208 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13209 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13210 } 13211 13212 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13213 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13214 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13215 /// using-declaration). 13216 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13217 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13218 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13219 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13220 13221 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13222 return true; 13223 13224 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13225 // encloses the other). 13226 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13227 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13228 return true; 13229 13230 return false; 13231 } 13232 13233 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13234 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13235 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13236 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13237 /// 13238 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13239 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13240 /// 13241 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13242 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13243 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13244 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13245 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13246 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13247 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13248 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13249 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13250 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13251 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13252 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13253 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13254 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13255 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13256 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13257 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13258 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13259 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13260 13261 OwnedDecl = false; 13262 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13263 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13264 13265 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13266 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13267 bool Invalid = false; 13268 13269 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13270 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13271 // for non-C++ cases. 13272 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13273 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13274 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13275 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13276 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13277 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13278 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13279 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13280 return nullptr; 13281 } 13282 13283 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13284 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13285 // be a member of another template). 13286 13287 if (Invalid) 13288 return nullptr; 13289 13290 OwnedDecl = false; 13291 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13292 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13293 TemplateParams, AS, 13294 ModulePrivateLoc, 13295 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13296 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13297 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13298 SkipBody); 13299 return Result.get(); 13300 } else { 13301 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13302 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13303 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13304 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13305 } 13306 } 13307 } 13308 13309 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13310 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13311 // redeclaration. 13312 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13313 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 13314 13315 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13316 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 13317 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13318 // type, default to int. 13319 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13320 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13321 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13322 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13323 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13324 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13325 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13326 13327 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13328 // Recover by falling back to int. 13329 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13330 13331 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13332 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13333 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13334 13335 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13336 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13337 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 13338 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13339 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 13340 } 13341 } 13342 } 13343 13344 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13345 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13346 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13347 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13348 13349 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 13350 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13351 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13352 13353 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13354 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 13355 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 13356 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 13357 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 13358 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13359 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13360 // keyword. 13361 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13362 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 13363 13364 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13365 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 13366 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13367 !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13368 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 13369 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 13370 return nullptr; 13371 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13372 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13373 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 13374 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13375 else 13376 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 13377 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13378 } 13379 } else { // struct/union 13380 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13381 nullptr); 13382 } 13383 13384 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13385 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 13386 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13387 // 13388 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13389 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13390 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13391 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13392 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13393 // parsing of the struct). 13394 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13395 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13396 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13397 } 13398 } 13399 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13400 return New; 13401 }; 13402 13403 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13404 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13405 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13406 13407 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13408 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13409 Name = nullptr; 13410 goto CreateNewDecl; 13411 } 13412 13413 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13414 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13415 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13416 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13417 if (!DC) { 13418 IsDependent = true; 13419 return nullptr; 13420 } 13421 } else { 13422 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13423 if (!DC) { 13424 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13425 << SS.getRange(); 13426 return nullptr; 13427 } 13428 } 13429 13430 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13431 return nullptr; 13432 13433 SearchDC = DC; 13434 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13435 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13436 13437 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13438 return nullptr; 13439 13440 if (Previous.empty()) { 13441 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13442 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13443 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13444 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13445 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13446 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13447 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13448 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13449 IsDependent = true; 13450 return nullptr; 13451 } 13452 13453 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13454 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13455 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13456 Name = nullptr; 13457 Invalid = true; 13458 goto CreateNewDecl; 13459 } 13460 } else if (Name) { 13461 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13462 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13463 // name different from T: 13464 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13465 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13466 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13467 return nullptr; 13468 13469 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13470 // declaration or definition. 13471 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13472 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13473 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13474 LookupName(Previous, S); 13475 13476 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13477 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13478 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13479 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13480 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13481 while (F.hasNext()) { 13482 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13483 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13484 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13485 F.erase(); 13486 } 13487 F.done(); 13488 } 13489 13490 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13491 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13492 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13493 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13494 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13495 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13496 // 13497 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13498 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13499 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13500 // 13501 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13502 // semantic context? 13503 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13504 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13505 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13506 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13507 while (F.hasNext()) { 13508 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13509 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13510 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13511 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13512 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13513 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13514 else 13515 F.erase(); 13516 } 13517 } 13518 F.done(); 13519 13520 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13521 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13522 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13523 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13524 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13525 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13526 } 13527 } 13528 13529 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13530 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13531 return nullptr; 13532 13533 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13534 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13535 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13536 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13537 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13538 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13539 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13540 } 13541 } 13542 13543 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13544 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13545 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13546 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13547 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13548 Previous.clear(); 13549 } 13550 13551 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13552 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13553 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13554 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13555 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13556 13557 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13558 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13559 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13560 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13561 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13562 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13563 isStdAlignValT = true; 13564 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13565 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13566 } 13567 } 13568 13569 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13570 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13571 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13572 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13573 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13574 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 13575 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13576 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13577 13578 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 13579 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13580 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13581 // 13582 // class-key identifier 13583 // 13584 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13585 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13586 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13587 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13588 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13589 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13590 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13591 // declaration. 13592 // 13593 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13594 // C structs and unions. 13595 // 13596 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13597 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13598 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13599 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13600 // 13601 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13602 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13603 // 13604 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13605 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13606 // lexical context, 13607 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13608 13609 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13610 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13611 } else { 13612 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13613 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13614 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13615 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13616 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13617 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13618 } 13619 13620 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13621 // diagnose some problems. 13622 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13623 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13624 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13625 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13627 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 13628 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13629 } else { 13630 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 13631 LookupName(Previous, S); 13632 } 13633 } 13634 13635 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13636 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13637 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13638 13639 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13640 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13641 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13642 13643 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13644 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13645 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13646 // in C++. 13647 // 13648 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13649 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13650 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13651 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13653 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13654 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13655 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13656 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13657 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13658 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13659 PrevDecl = Tag; 13660 Previous.clear(); 13661 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13662 Previous.resolveKind(); 13663 } 13664 } 13665 } 13666 } 13667 13668 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13669 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13670 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13671 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13672 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13673 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13674 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13675 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13676 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13677 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13678 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13679 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13680 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13681 << 0; 13682 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13683 Previous.clear(); 13684 goto CreateNewDecl; 13685 } 13686 } 13687 13688 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13689 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13690 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13691 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13692 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13693 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13694 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13695 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13696 // struct or something similar. 13697 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13698 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13699 Name)) { 13700 bool SafeToContinue 13701 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13702 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13703 if (SafeToContinue) 13704 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13705 << Name 13706 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13707 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13708 else 13709 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13710 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13711 13712 if (SafeToContinue) 13713 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13714 else { 13715 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13716 Name = nullptr; 13717 Previous.clear(); 13718 Invalid = true; 13719 } 13720 } 13721 13722 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13723 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13724 13725 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13726 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13727 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13728 if (ScopedEnum) 13729 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13730 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13731 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13732 return PrevTagDecl; 13733 } 13734 13735 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13736 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13737 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13738 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13739 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13740 13741 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13742 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13743 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13744 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13745 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13746 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13747 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13748 } 13749 13750 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13751 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13752 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13753 // and then later defined. 13754 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13755 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13756 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13757 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13758 } 13759 13760 if (!Invalid) { 13761 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13762 // we have attributes. 13763 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13764 if (Attr) { 13765 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13766 // declaration to hold them. 13767 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13768 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13769 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13770 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 13771 SS.isEmpty()) { 13772 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13773 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13774 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13775 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13776 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13777 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13778 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13779 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13780 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13781 return PrevTagDecl; 13782 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13783 // that scope. 13784 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13785 } else { 13786 return PrevTagDecl; 13787 } 13788 } 13789 13790 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13791 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13792 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13793 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13794 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13795 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13796 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13797 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13798 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13799 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13800 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13801 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13802 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13803 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13804 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13805 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13806 } 13807 13808 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 13809 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 13810 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 13811 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 13812 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13813 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13814 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13815 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13816 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13817 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13818 // use it in place of this one. 13819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13820 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 13821 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 13822 // comparison. 13823 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 13824 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 13825 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 13826 } else { 13827 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13828 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 13829 } 13830 return Def; 13831 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13832 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13833 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13834 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13835 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13836 else 13837 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13838 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 13839 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 13840 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13841 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13842 // references get the previous definition. 13843 Name = nullptr; 13844 Previous.clear(); 13845 Invalid = true; 13846 } 13847 } else { 13848 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13849 // about a nested redefinition. 13850 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13851 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13852 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13853 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13854 diag::note_previous_definition); 13855 Name = nullptr; 13856 Previous.clear(); 13857 Invalid = true; 13858 } 13859 } 13860 13861 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13862 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13863 } 13864 13865 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13866 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13867 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13868 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13869 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13870 AS = AS_none; 13871 } 13872 } 13873 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13874 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13875 13876 } else { 13877 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13878 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13879 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13880 // have distinct types. 13881 Previous.clear(); 13882 } 13883 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13884 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13885 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13886 13887 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13888 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13889 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13890 } else { 13891 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13892 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13893 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13894 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13895 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13896 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13897 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13898 << Kind; 13899 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13900 Invalid = true; 13901 13902 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13903 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13904 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13905 // do nothing 13906 13907 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13908 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13909 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13910 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13911 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13912 Invalid = true; 13913 13914 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13915 // case here. 13916 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13917 unsigned Kind = 0; 13918 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13919 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13920 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13921 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13922 Invalid = true; 13923 13924 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13925 } else { 13926 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13927 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13928 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13929 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 13930 Name = nullptr; 13931 Invalid = true; 13932 } 13933 13934 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13935 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13936 Previous.clear(); 13937 } 13938 } 13939 13940 CreateNewDecl: 13941 13942 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13943 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13944 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13945 13946 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13947 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13948 // keyword. 13949 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13950 13951 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13952 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13953 // PrevDecl. 13954 TagDecl *New; 13955 13956 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13957 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13958 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13959 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13960 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13961 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13962 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13963 13964 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13965 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13966 13967 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13968 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13969 TagDecl *Def; 13970 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13971 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13972 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13973 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13974 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13975 } 13976 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13977 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13978 << New; 13979 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13980 } else { 13981 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13982 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13983 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13984 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13985 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13986 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13987 13988 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13989 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13990 // the declaration context. 13991 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13992 IsForwardReference = true; 13993 } 13994 } 13995 13996 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13997 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13998 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13999 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14000 else 14001 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 14002 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14003 } 14004 } else { 14005 // struct/union/class 14006 14007 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14008 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 14009 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14010 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 14011 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14012 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14013 14014 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 14015 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 14016 } else 14017 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14018 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14019 } 14020 14021 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 14022 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 14023 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 14024 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 14026 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14027 Invalid = true; 14028 } 14029 14030 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 14031 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 14032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 14033 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14034 Invalid = true; 14035 } 14036 14037 // Maybe add qualifier info. 14038 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14039 if (SS.isSet()) { 14040 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 14041 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 14042 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 14043 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 14044 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 14045 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 14046 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 14047 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 14048 Invalid = true; 14049 14050 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 14051 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 14052 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 14053 } 14054 } 14055 else 14056 Invalid = true; 14057 } 14058 14059 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14060 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 14061 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14062 // 14063 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14064 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14065 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14066 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14067 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14068 // parsing of the struct). 14069 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14070 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14071 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14072 } 14073 } 14074 14075 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 14076 if (isMemberSpecialization) 14077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 14078 << 2 14079 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 14080 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 14081 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 14082 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 14083 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14084 New->setModulePrivate(); 14085 } 14086 14087 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 14088 // check the specialization. 14089 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 14090 Invalid = true; 14091 14092 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 14093 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 14094 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 14095 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 14096 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 14097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14098 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 14099 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 14100 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 14101 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 14102 << Name; 14103 Invalid = true; 14104 } 14105 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14106 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14107 } 14108 } 14109 14110 if (Invalid) 14111 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14112 14113 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14114 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14115 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14116 14117 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14118 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14119 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14120 // the tag name visible. 14121 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14122 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14123 14124 // Set the access specifier. 14125 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14126 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14127 14128 if (PrevDecl) 14129 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 14130 14131 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14132 New->startDefinition(); 14133 14134 if (Attr) 14135 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14136 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14137 14138 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14139 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14140 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14141 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14142 if (PrevDecl) 14143 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14144 14145 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14146 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14147 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14148 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14149 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14150 } else if (Name) { 14151 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14152 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 14153 if (IsForwardReference) 14154 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14155 } else { 14156 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14157 } 14158 14159 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14160 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14161 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14162 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14163 II->isStr("FILE")) 14164 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14165 14166 if (PrevDecl) 14167 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14168 14169 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14170 // record. 14171 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14172 14173 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14174 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14175 14176 OwnedDecl = true; 14177 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14178 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14179 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14180 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14181 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14182 RD->completeDefinition(); 14183 return nullptr; 14184 } else { 14185 return New; 14186 } 14187 } 14188 14189 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14190 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14191 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14192 14193 // Enter the tag context. 14194 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14195 14196 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14197 14198 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14199 // record. 14200 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14201 } 14202 14203 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14204 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14205 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14206 return false; 14207 14208 // Make the previous decl visible. 14209 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14210 return true; 14211 } 14212 14213 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14214 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14215 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14216 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14217 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14218 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14219 CurContext = OCD; 14220 return IDecl; 14221 } 14222 14223 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14224 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14225 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14226 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14227 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14228 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14229 14230 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14231 14232 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14233 return; 14234 14235 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14236 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14237 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14238 14239 // C++ [class]p2: 14240 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14241 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14242 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14243 // as if it were a public member name. 14244 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14245 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14246 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14247 Record->getIdentifier(), 14248 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14249 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14250 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14251 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14252 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14253 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14254 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14255 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14256 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14257 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14258 } 14259 14260 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14261 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14262 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14263 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14264 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14265 14266 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14267 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14268 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14269 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14270 RD->completeDefinition(); 14271 } 14272 14273 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14274 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14275 } 14276 14277 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14278 PopDeclContext(); 14279 14280 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14281 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14282 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14283 14284 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14285 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14286 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14287 } 14288 14289 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14290 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14291 PopDeclContext(); 14292 } 14293 14294 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14295 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14296 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14297 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14298 } 14299 14300 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14301 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14302 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14303 } 14304 14305 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14306 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14307 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14308 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14309 14310 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14311 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14312 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14313 RD->completeDefinition(); 14314 } 14315 14316 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14317 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14318 // the FieldCollector. 14319 14320 PopDeclContext(); 14321 } 14322 14323 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14324 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14325 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14326 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14327 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14328 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14329 if (ZeroWidth) 14330 *ZeroWidth = true; 14331 14332 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14333 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14334 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14335 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14336 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14337 return ExprError(); 14338 if (FieldName) 14339 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14340 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14341 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14342 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14343 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14344 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14345 return ExprError(); 14346 14347 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14348 // it now. 14349 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14350 return BitWidth; 14351 14352 llvm::APSInt Value; 14353 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14354 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14355 return ICE; 14356 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14357 14358 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14359 *ZeroWidth = false; 14360 14361 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14362 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14363 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14364 14365 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14366 if (FieldName) 14367 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14368 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14369 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14370 << Value.toString(10); 14371 } 14372 14373 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14374 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14375 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14376 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14377 14378 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14379 // ABI. 14380 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14381 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14382 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14383 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14384 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14385 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14386 unsigned DiagWidth = 14387 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14388 if (FieldName) 14389 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14390 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14391 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14392 14393 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14394 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14395 << DiagWidth; 14396 } 14397 14398 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14399 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14400 // 'bool'. 14401 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14402 if (FieldName) 14403 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14404 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14405 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14406 else 14407 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14408 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14409 } 14410 } 14411 14412 return BitWidth; 14413 } 14414 14415 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14416 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14417 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14418 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14419 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14420 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14421 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14422 return Res; 14423 } 14424 14425 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14426 /// 14427 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14428 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14429 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14430 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14431 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14432 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14433 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14434 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14435 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14436 return nullptr; 14437 } 14438 14439 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14440 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14441 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14442 14443 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14444 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14446 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14447 14448 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14449 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14450 D.setInvalidType(); 14451 T = Context.IntTy; 14452 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14453 } 14454 } 14455 14456 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14457 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || 14458 T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 14459 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 14460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14461 D.setInvalidType(); 14462 } 14463 14464 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14465 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14466 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14467 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14469 D.setInvalidType(); 14470 } 14471 14472 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14473 14474 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14475 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14476 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14477 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14479 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14480 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14481 14482 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14483 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14484 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14485 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 14486 LookupName(Previous, S); 14487 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14488 case LookupResult::Found: 14489 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14490 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14491 break; 14492 14493 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14494 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14495 break; 14496 14497 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14498 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14499 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14500 break; 14501 } 14502 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14503 14504 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14505 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14506 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14507 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14508 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14509 } 14510 14511 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14512 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14513 14514 bool Mutable 14515 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14516 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14517 FieldDecl *NewFD 14518 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14519 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14520 14521 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14522 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14523 14524 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14525 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14526 14527 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14528 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14529 // with the same name in the same scope. 14530 } else if (II) { 14531 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14532 } else 14533 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14534 14535 return NewFD; 14536 } 14537 14538 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14539 /// 14540 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14541 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14542 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14543 /// created. 14544 /// 14545 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14546 /// 14547 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14548 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14549 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14550 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14551 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14552 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14553 SourceLocation TSSL, 14554 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14555 Declarator *D) { 14556 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14557 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14558 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14559 14560 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14561 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14562 if (T.isNull()) { 14563 InvalidDecl = true; 14564 T = Context.IntTy; 14565 } 14566 14567 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14568 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14569 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14570 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14571 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14572 InvalidDecl = true; 14573 } else { 14574 NamedDecl *Def; 14575 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14576 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14577 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14578 InvalidDecl = true; 14579 } 14580 } 14581 } 14582 14583 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14584 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14585 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14586 InvalidDecl = true; 14587 } 14588 14589 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14590 // than a variably modified type. 14591 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14592 bool SizeIsNegative; 14593 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14594 14595 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14596 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14597 SizeIsNegative, 14598 Oversized); 14599 if (FixedTInfo) { 14600 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14601 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14602 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14603 } else { 14604 if (SizeIsNegative) 14605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14606 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14608 << Oversized.toString(10); 14609 else 14610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14611 InvalidDecl = true; 14612 } 14613 } 14614 14615 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14616 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14617 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14618 AbstractFieldType)) 14619 InvalidDecl = true; 14620 14621 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14622 if (InvalidDecl) 14623 BitWidth = nullptr; 14624 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14625 if (BitWidth) { 14626 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14627 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14628 if (!BitWidth) { 14629 InvalidDecl = true; 14630 BitWidth = nullptr; 14631 ZeroWidth = false; 14632 } 14633 } 14634 14635 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14636 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14637 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14638 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14639 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14640 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14641 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14642 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14643 14644 if (DiagID) { 14645 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14646 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14647 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14648 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14649 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14650 Mutable = false; 14651 InvalidDecl = true; 14652 } 14653 } 14654 } 14655 14656 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14657 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14658 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14659 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14660 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14661 14662 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14663 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14664 if (InvalidDecl) 14665 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14666 14667 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14669 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14670 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14671 } 14672 14673 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14674 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14675 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14676 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14677 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14678 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14679 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14680 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14681 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14682 // objects. 14683 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14684 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14685 } 14686 } 14687 14688 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14689 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14690 // enabled. 14691 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14692 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14693 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14694 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14695 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14696 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14697 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14698 } 14699 } 14700 } 14701 14702 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14703 // representation, not a parser representation. 14704 if (D) { 14705 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14706 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14707 14708 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14709 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14710 } 14711 14712 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14713 // retainable type. 14714 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14715 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14716 14717 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14718 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14719 14720 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14721 return NewFD; 14722 } 14723 14724 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14725 assert(FD); 14726 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14727 14728 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14729 return false; 14730 14731 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14732 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14733 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14734 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14735 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14736 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14737 // copy constructors. 14738 14739 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14740 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14741 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14742 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14743 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14744 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14745 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14746 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14747 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14748 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14749 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14750 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14751 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14752 member = CXXDestructor; 14753 14754 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14755 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14756 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14757 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14758 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14759 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14760 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14761 // members unavailable. 14762 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14763 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14764 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14765 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14766 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14767 return false; 14768 } 14769 } 14770 14771 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14772 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14773 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14774 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14775 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14776 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14777 } 14778 } 14779 } 14780 14781 return false; 14782 } 14783 14784 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14785 /// AST enum value. 14786 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14787 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14788 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14789 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14790 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14791 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14792 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14793 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14794 } 14795 } 14796 14797 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14798 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14799 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14800 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14801 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14802 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14803 14804 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14805 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14806 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14807 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14808 14809 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14810 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14811 14812 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14813 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14814 14815 if (BitWidth) { 14816 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14817 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14818 if (!BitWidth) 14819 D.setInvalidType(); 14820 } else { 14821 // Not a bitfield. 14822 14823 // validate II. 14824 14825 } 14826 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14827 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14828 D.setInvalidType(); 14829 } 14830 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14831 // than a variably modified type. 14832 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14833 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14834 D.setInvalidType(); 14835 } 14836 14837 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14838 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14839 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14840 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14841 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14842 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14843 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14844 return nullptr; 14845 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14846 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14847 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14848 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14849 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14850 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14851 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14852 } 14853 else 14854 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14855 } else { 14856 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14857 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14858 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14860 return nullptr; 14861 } 14862 } 14863 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14864 } 14865 14866 // Construct the decl. 14867 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14868 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14869 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14870 14871 if (II) { 14872 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14873 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 14874 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14875 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14876 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14877 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14878 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14879 } 14880 } 14881 14882 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14883 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14884 14885 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14886 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14887 14888 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14889 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14890 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14891 14892 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14893 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14894 14895 if (II) { 14896 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14897 // these to the interface. 14898 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14899 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14900 } 14901 14902 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14903 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14904 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14905 14906 return NewID; 14907 } 14908 14909 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14910 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14911 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14912 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14913 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14914 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14915 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14916 return; 14917 14918 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14919 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14920 14921 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14922 return; 14923 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14924 if (!ID) { 14925 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14926 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14927 return; 14928 } 14929 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14930 else 14931 return; 14932 } 14933 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14934 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14935 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14936 14937 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14938 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14939 Context.CharTy, 14940 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14941 DeclLoc), 14942 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14943 true); 14944 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14945 } 14946 14947 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14948 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14949 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14950 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14951 14952 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14953 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14954 // it will now change. 14955 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14956 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14957 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14958 default: break; 14959 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14960 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14961 break; 14962 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14963 Context. 14964 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14965 break; 14966 } 14967 } 14968 14969 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14970 14971 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14972 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14973 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14974 if (Record) { 14975 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14976 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14977 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14978 ++NumNamedMembers; 14979 } 14980 } 14981 14982 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14983 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14984 14985 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14986 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14987 i != end; ++i) { 14988 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14989 14990 // Get the type for the field. 14991 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14992 14993 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14994 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14995 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14996 } 14997 14998 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14999 // diagnostics about it. 15000 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 15001 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15002 continue; 15003 } 15004 15005 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 15006 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 15007 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 15008 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 15009 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 15010 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 15011 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 15012 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 15013 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 15014 // array. 15015 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 15016 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 15017 // Field declared as a function. 15018 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 15019 << FD->getDeclName(); 15020 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15021 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15022 continue; 15023 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 15024 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 15025 if (Record) { 15026 // Flexible array member. 15027 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 15028 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 15029 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 15030 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15031 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 15032 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 15033 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15034 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 15035 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15036 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15037 continue; 15038 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 15039 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15040 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 15041 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15042 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 15043 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 15044 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 15045 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15046 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 15047 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15048 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 15049 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 15050 15051 if (DiagID) 15052 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 15053 << Record->getTagKind(); 15054 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 15055 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 15056 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 15057 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 15058 // of the type. 15059 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 15060 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 15061 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 15062 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15063 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 15064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 15065 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15066 15067 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 15068 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 15069 // 15070 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 15071 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 15072 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15073 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 15074 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 15075 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15076 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15077 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15078 continue; 15079 } 15080 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 15081 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15082 } else { 15083 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 15084 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 15085 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 15086 } 15087 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 15088 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15089 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15090 // Incomplete type 15091 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15092 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15093 continue; 15094 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15095 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 15096 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 15097 // flexible array member. 15098 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15099 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 15100 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 15101 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 15102 // structures. 15103 if (!IsLastField) 15104 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 15105 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15106 else { 15107 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 15108 // other structs as an extension. 15109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 15110 << FD->getDeclName(); 15111 } 15112 } 15113 } 15114 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 15115 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15116 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15117 AbstractIvarType)) { 15118 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 15119 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15120 } 15121 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15122 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15123 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15124 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15125 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15126 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15127 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15128 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15129 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15130 FD->setType(T); 15131 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15132 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 15133 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 15134 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15135 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15136 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15137 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15138 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15139 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15140 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15141 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15142 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15143 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15144 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15145 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15146 } 15147 } else { 15148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15149 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15150 } 15151 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15152 } 15153 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15154 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15155 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15156 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15157 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15158 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15159 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15160 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15161 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15162 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15163 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15164 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15165 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15166 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15167 } 15168 } 15169 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15170 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15171 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15172 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15173 ++NumNamedMembers; 15174 } 15175 15176 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15177 if (Record) { 15178 bool Completed = false; 15179 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15180 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15181 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15182 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15183 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15184 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15185 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15186 } 15187 15188 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15189 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15190 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15191 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15192 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15193 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15194 } 15195 15196 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15197 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15198 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15199 15200 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15201 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15202 // problem now. 15203 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15204 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15205 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15206 15207 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15208 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15209 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15210 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15211 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15212 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15213 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15214 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 15215 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15216 continue; 15217 15218 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15219 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15220 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15221 // program is ill-formed. 15222 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15223 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15224 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15225 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15226 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15227 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15228 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15229 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15230 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15231 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15232 15233 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15234 } 15235 } 15236 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15237 Completed = true; 15238 } 15239 } 15240 } 15241 } 15242 15243 if (!Completed) 15244 Record->completeDefinition(); 15245 15246 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15247 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15248 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15249 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15250 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 15251 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 15252 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15253 } 15254 } 15255 15256 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15257 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15258 15259 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15260 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15261 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15262 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15263 } 15264 15265 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15266 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15267 // compatibility problems. 15268 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15269 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15270 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15271 } else { 15272 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15273 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15274 CheckForZeroSize = 15275 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15276 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15277 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15278 } 15279 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15280 bool ZeroSize = true; 15281 bool IsEmpty = true; 15282 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15283 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15284 E = Record->field_end(); 15285 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15286 IsEmpty = false; 15287 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15288 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 15289 ZeroSize = false; 15290 } else { 15291 ++NonBitFields; 15292 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15293 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15294 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15295 ZeroSize = false; 15296 } 15297 } 15298 15299 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15300 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15301 // extern "C" block. 15302 if (ZeroSize) { 15303 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15304 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15305 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15306 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15307 } 15308 15309 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15310 // but are accepted by GCC. 15311 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15312 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15313 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15314 << Record->isUnion(); 15315 } 15316 } 15317 } else { 15318 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15319 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15320 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15321 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15322 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15323 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15324 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15325 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15326 } 15327 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15328 // duplicates. 15329 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15330 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15331 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15332 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15333 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15334 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15335 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15336 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15337 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15338 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15339 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15340 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15341 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15342 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15343 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15344 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15345 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15346 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15347 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15348 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15350 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15351 if (IDecl) { 15352 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15353 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15354 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15355 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15356 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15357 continue; 15358 } 15359 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15360 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15361 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15362 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15363 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15364 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15365 continue; 15366 } 15367 } 15368 } 15369 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15370 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15371 } 15372 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15373 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15374 } 15375 } 15376 15377 if (Attr) 15378 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15379 } 15380 15381 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15382 /// the given type T. 15383 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15384 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15385 QualType T) { 15386 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15387 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15388 15389 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15390 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15391 --BitWidth; 15392 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15393 } 15394 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15395 } 15396 15397 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15398 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15399 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15400 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15401 // enum checking below. 15402 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15403 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15404 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15405 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15406 }; 15407 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15408 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15409 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15410 }; 15411 15412 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15413 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15414 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15415 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15416 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15417 return Types[I]; 15418 15419 return QualType(); 15420 } 15421 15422 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15423 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15424 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15425 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15426 Expr *Val) { 15427 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15428 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15429 QualType EltTy; 15430 15431 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15432 Val = nullptr; 15433 15434 if (Val) 15435 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15436 15437 if (Val) { 15438 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15439 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15440 else { 15441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15442 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15443 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15444 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15445 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15446 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15447 ExprResult Converted = 15448 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15449 CCEK_Enumerator); 15450 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15451 Val = nullptr; 15452 else 15453 Val = Converted.get(); 15454 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15455 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15456 &EnumVal).get())) { 15457 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15458 } else { 15459 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15460 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15461 15462 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15463 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15464 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15465 // expression checking. 15466 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15467 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15468 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15469 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15470 } else 15471 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15472 } else 15473 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15474 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15475 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15476 .get(); 15477 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15478 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15479 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15480 // is the type of its initializing value: 15481 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15482 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15483 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15484 } else { 15485 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15486 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15487 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15488 // representable as an int. 15489 15490 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15491 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15492 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15493 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15494 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15495 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15496 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15497 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15498 } 15499 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15500 } 15501 } 15502 } 15503 } 15504 15505 if (!Val) { 15506 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15507 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15508 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15509 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15510 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15511 // is the type of its initializing value: 15512 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15513 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15514 // 15515 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15516 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15517 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15518 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15519 } 15520 else { 15521 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15522 } 15523 } else { 15524 // Assign the last value + 1. 15525 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15526 ++EnumVal; 15527 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15528 15529 // Check for overflow on increment. 15530 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15531 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15532 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15533 // is the type of its initializing value: 15534 // 15535 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15536 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15537 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15538 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15539 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15540 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15541 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15542 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15543 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15544 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15545 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15546 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15547 ++EnumVal; 15548 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15549 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15550 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15551 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15552 << EltTy; 15553 else 15554 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15555 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15556 } else { 15557 EltTy = T; 15558 } 15559 15560 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15561 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15562 // value, then increment. 15563 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15564 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15565 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15566 ++EnumVal; 15567 15568 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15569 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15570 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15571 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15572 // integral type. 15573 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15574 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15575 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15576 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15577 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15578 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15579 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15580 } 15581 } 15582 } 15583 15584 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15585 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15586 // enumerator's type. 15587 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15588 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15589 } 15590 15591 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15592 Val, EnumVal); 15593 } 15594 15595 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15596 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15597 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15598 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15599 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15600 15601 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15602 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15603 // skip the body. 15604 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15605 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15606 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15607 if (!PrevECD) 15608 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15609 15610 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15611 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15612 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15613 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15614 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15615 return Skip; 15616 } 15617 15618 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15619 } 15620 15621 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15622 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15623 AttributeList *Attr, 15624 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15625 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15626 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15627 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15628 15629 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15630 // we find one that is. 15631 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15632 15633 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15634 // scope. 15635 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15636 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15637 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15638 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15639 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15640 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15641 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15642 } 15643 15644 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15645 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15646 // different from T: 15647 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15648 // enumerated type 15649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15650 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15651 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15652 15653 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15654 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15655 if (!New) 15656 return nullptr; 15657 15658 if (PrevDecl) { 15659 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15660 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15661 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15662 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15663 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 15664 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15665 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15666 else 15667 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15668 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15669 return nullptr; 15670 } 15671 } 15672 15673 // Process attributes. 15674 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15675 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15676 15677 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15678 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15679 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15680 15681 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15682 15683 return New; 15684 } 15685 15686 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15687 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15688 // Element2 = Element1 15689 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15690 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15691 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15692 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15693 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15694 if (!InitExpr) 15695 return true; 15696 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15697 15698 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15699 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15700 return true; 15701 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15702 if (!IL) 15703 return true; 15704 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15705 return true; 15706 15707 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15708 } 15709 15710 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15711 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15712 if (!DRE) 15713 return true; 15714 15715 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15716 if (!EnumConstant) 15717 return true; 15718 15719 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15720 Enum) 15721 return true; 15722 15723 return false; 15724 } 15725 15726 namespace { 15727 struct DupKey { 15728 int64_t val; 15729 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15730 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15731 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15732 }; 15733 15734 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15735 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15736 false); 15737 } 15738 15739 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15740 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15741 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15742 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15743 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15744 } 15745 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15746 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15747 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15748 } 15749 }; 15750 } // end anonymous namespace 15751 15752 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15753 // a previous element has already been set to. 15754 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15755 EnumDecl *Enum, 15756 QualType EnumType) { 15757 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15758 return; 15759 // Avoid anonymous enums 15760 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15761 return; 15762 15763 // Only check for small enums. 15764 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15765 return; 15766 15767 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15768 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15769 15770 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15771 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15772 ValueToVectorMap; 15773 15774 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15775 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15776 15777 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15778 // an initialier. 15779 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15780 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15781 15782 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15783 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15784 if (!ECD) { 15785 return; 15786 } 15787 15788 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15789 continue; 15790 15791 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15792 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15793 15794 // First time encountering this value. 15795 if (Entry.isNull()) 15796 Entry = ECD; 15797 } 15798 15799 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15800 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15801 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15802 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15803 continue; 15804 15805 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15806 15807 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15808 if (Entry.isNull()) 15809 continue; 15810 15811 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15812 // Ensure constants are different. 15813 if (D == ECD) 15814 continue; 15815 15816 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15817 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15818 Vec->push_back(D); 15819 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15820 15821 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15822 Entry = Vec; 15823 15824 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15825 // diagnostics. 15826 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15827 continue; 15828 } 15829 15830 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15831 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15832 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15833 continue; 15834 15835 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15836 } 15837 15838 // Emit diagnostics. 15839 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15840 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15841 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15842 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15843 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15844 15845 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15846 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15847 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15848 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15849 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15850 ++I; 15851 15852 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15853 // the same value. 15854 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15855 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15856 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15857 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15858 delete Vec; 15859 } 15860 } 15861 15862 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15863 bool AllowMask) const { 15864 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15865 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15866 15867 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15868 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15869 15870 if (R.second) { 15871 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15872 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15873 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15874 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15875 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15876 } 15877 } 15878 15879 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15880 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15881 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15882 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15883 // 15884 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15885 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15886 // likely a logic error. 15887 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15888 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15889 } 15890 15891 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15892 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15893 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15894 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15895 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15896 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15897 15898 if (Attr) 15899 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15900 15901 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15902 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15903 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15904 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15905 if (!ECD) continue; 15906 15907 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15908 } 15909 15910 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15911 return; 15912 } 15913 15914 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15915 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15916 // emit a warning. 15917 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15918 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15919 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15920 15921 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15922 // reverse the list. 15923 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15924 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15925 15926 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15927 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15928 15929 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15930 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15931 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15932 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15933 15934 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15935 15936 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15937 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15938 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15939 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15940 else 15941 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15942 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15943 15944 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15945 if (AllElementsInt) 15946 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15947 } 15948 15949 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15950 QualType BestType; 15951 unsigned BestWidth; 15952 15953 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15954 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15955 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15956 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15957 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15958 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15959 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15960 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15961 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15962 QualType BestPromotionType; 15963 15964 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15965 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15966 // enum definitions. 15967 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15968 Packed = true; 15969 15970 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15971 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15972 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15973 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15974 else 15975 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15976 15977 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15978 } 15979 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15980 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15981 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15982 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15983 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15984 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15985 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15986 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15987 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15988 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15989 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15990 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15991 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15992 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15993 } else { 15994 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15995 15996 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15997 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15998 } else { 15999 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16000 16001 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 16002 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 16003 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 16004 } 16005 } 16006 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 16007 } else { 16008 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 16009 // all of the enumerator values. 16010 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16011 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 16012 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 16013 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16014 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16015 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 16016 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 16017 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16018 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16019 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 16020 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 16021 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16022 BestPromotionType 16023 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16024 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 16025 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 16026 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 16027 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 16028 BestPromotionType 16029 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16030 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 16031 } else { 16032 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16033 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 16034 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 16035 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 16036 BestPromotionType 16037 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16038 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 16039 } 16040 } 16041 16042 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 16043 // the type of the enum if needed. 16044 for (auto *D : Elements) { 16045 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16046 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16047 16048 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 16049 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 16050 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 16051 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 16052 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 16053 16054 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 16055 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16056 16057 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 16058 // the enum decl type. 16059 QualType NewTy; 16060 unsigned NewWidth; 16061 bool NewSign; 16062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16063 !Enum->isFixed() && 16064 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 16065 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 16066 NewWidth = IntWidth; 16067 NewSign = true; 16068 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 16069 // Already the right type! 16070 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16071 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16072 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16073 // enumeration. 16074 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16075 continue; 16076 } else { 16077 NewTy = BestType; 16078 NewWidth = BestWidth; 16079 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 16080 } 16081 16082 // Adjust the APSInt value. 16083 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 16084 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 16085 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 16086 16087 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 16088 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 16089 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 16090 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 16091 CK_IntegralCast, 16092 ECD->getInitExpr(), 16093 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 16094 VK_RValue)); 16095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16096 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16097 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16098 // enumeration. 16099 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16100 else 16101 ECD->setType(NewTy); 16102 } 16103 16104 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 16105 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 16106 16107 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 16108 16109 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 16110 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 16111 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16112 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16113 16114 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16115 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 16116 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 16117 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 16118 << ECD << Enum; 16119 } 16120 } 16121 16122 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16123 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16124 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16125 } 16126 16127 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16128 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16129 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16130 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16131 16132 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16133 AsmString, StartLoc, 16134 EndLoc); 16135 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16136 return New; 16137 } 16138 16139 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16140 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16141 bool FromInclude = false) { 16142 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16143 16144 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16145 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16146 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16147 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16148 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16149 break; 16150 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16151 break; 16152 } 16153 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16154 } 16155 16156 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 16157 DC = DC->getParent(); 16158 16159 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16160 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16161 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16162 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16163 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16164 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16165 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16166 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16167 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16168 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16169 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16170 } 16171 } 16172 16173 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16174 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16175 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16176 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16177 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && 16178 "should only have module decl in modules TS"); 16179 16180 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16181 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16182 // module map. 16183 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16184 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16185 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16186 break; 16187 16188 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16189 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16190 break; 16191 16192 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16193 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16194 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16195 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16196 MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface; 16197 break; 16198 16199 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16200 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16201 return nullptr; 16202 } 16203 16204 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); 16205 16206 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16207 // here, in order to support macro import. 16208 16209 // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file. 16210 if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) { 16211 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration); 16212 Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module), 16213 diag::note_prev_module_declaration); 16214 return nullptr; 16215 } 16216 16217 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16218 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16219 // module name. 16220 std::string ModuleName; 16221 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16222 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16223 ModuleName += "."; 16224 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16225 } 16226 16227 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16228 // correct. 16229 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16230 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16231 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16232 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16233 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16234 return nullptr; 16235 } 16236 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16237 16238 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16239 Module *Mod; 16240 16241 switch (MDK) { 16242 case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: { 16243 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16244 // module map defining it already. 16245 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16246 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16247 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16248 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16249 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16250 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16251 << FE->getName(); 16252 Mod = M; 16253 break; 16254 } 16255 16256 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16257 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16258 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16259 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16260 break; 16261 } 16262 16263 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16264 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16265 return nullptr; 16266 16267 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16268 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16269 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16270 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16271 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16272 if (!Mod) { 16273 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName; 16274 // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery. 16275 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16276 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16277 } 16278 break; 16279 } 16280 16281 // Switch from the global module to the named module. 16282 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16283 ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation; 16284 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16285 16286 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16287 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16288 // exported. 16289 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16290 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); 16291 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16292 16293 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16294 return nullptr; 16295 } 16296 16297 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16298 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16299 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16300 Module *Mod = 16301 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16302 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16303 if (!Mod) 16304 return true; 16305 16306 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16307 16308 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16309 16310 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16311 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16312 // silently ignoring the import. 16313 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16314 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16315 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16316 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16317 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16318 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16319 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16320 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16321 16322 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16323 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16324 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16325 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16326 // We need the length to be consistent. 16327 if (!ModCheck) 16328 break; 16329 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16330 16331 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16332 } 16333 16334 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16335 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 16336 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16337 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16338 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16339 TU->addDecl(Import); 16340 return Import; 16341 } 16342 16343 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16344 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16345 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16346 } 16347 16348 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16349 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16350 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16351 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16352 // 16353 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16354 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16355 TUKind == TU_Module && 16356 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16357 16358 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16359 16360 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16361 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16362 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16363 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16364 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16365 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16366 DirectiveLoc); 16367 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16368 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16369 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16370 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16371 } 16372 16373 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16374 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16375 } 16376 16377 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16378 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16379 16380 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16381 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16382 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16383 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16384 16385 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16386 16387 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16388 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16389 // lexically within the module. 16390 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16391 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16392 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16393 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 16394 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 16395 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 16396 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16397 } 16398 } 16399 } 16400 16401 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16402 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16403 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16404 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16405 // is now out of date. 16406 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16407 } 16408 16409 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16410 "left the wrong module scope"); 16411 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16412 16413 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16414 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16415 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16416 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16417 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16418 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16419 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16420 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16421 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16422 } else { 16423 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16424 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16425 } 16426 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16427 16428 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16429 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16430 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16431 // the module within. 16432 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16433 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16434 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16435 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16436 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 16437 } 16438 } 16439 } 16440 16441 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16442 Module *Mod) { 16443 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16444 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16445 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16446 return; 16447 16448 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16449 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16450 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16451 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16452 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16453 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16454 16455 // Make the module visible. 16456 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16457 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16458 } 16459 16460 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16461 /// (if present). 16462 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16463 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16464 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16465 16466 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16467 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16468 // the global module. 16469 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 16470 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16471 16472 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16473 // export keyword. 16474 // 16475 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16476 // export-declaration. 16477 if (D->isExported()) 16478 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16479 16480 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16481 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16482 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 16483 return D; 16484 } 16485 16486 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16487 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16488 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16489 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16490 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16491 16492 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16493 // anonymous namespace). 16494 16495 PopDeclContext(); 16496 return D; 16497 } 16498 16499 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16500 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16501 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16502 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16503 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16504 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16505 LookupOrdinaryName); 16506 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16507 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16508 16509 // If a declaration that: 16510 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16511 // 2) has external linkage 16512 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16513 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16514 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16515 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16516 else 16517 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16518 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16519 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16520 } else 16521 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16522 } 16523 16524 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16525 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16526 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16527 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16528 16529 if (PrevDecl) { 16530 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16531 } else { 16532 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16533 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16534 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16535 } 16536 } 16537 16538 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16539 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16540 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16541 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16542 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16543 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16544 LookupOrdinaryName); 16545 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16546 16547 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16548 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16549 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16550 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16551 } else { 16552 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16553 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16554 } 16555 } 16556 16557 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16558 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16559 } 16560